You are on page 1of 190

THE RAMSAY McCORMACK BUILDING

HISTORIC RENOVATION AND ADDITION

for

The City of Birmingham

19th Street and Avenue E


The Ensley Neighborhood
Birmingham, Alabama

PRELIMINARY PRICING NARRATIVE

July 21, 2017


Revised October 11, 2017

AW Job #: 2566-002

WWW.ARCHITECTUREWORKS.COM
TEL 205.320.0880
130 NINETEENTH STREET SOUTH
BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35233
RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 5


00 0115 LIST OF DRAWINGS
01 3000 GENERAL INFORMATION

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 7


02 0000 UTILITIES
02 1000 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION
02 3000 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
02 4100 STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE 9
03 3000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

DIVISION 04 – MASONRY 11
04 0120 BRICK MASONRY AND TERRA COTTA RESTORATION
04 0140 STONE REPAIR
04 2000 UNIT MASONRY

DIVISION 05 – METALS 12
05 1200 STRUCTURAL STEEL
05 3000 STEEL DECKING
05 4000 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING
05 5100 METAL STAIRS

DIVISION 06 – WOOD AND PLASTICS 14


06 0000 ROUGH CARPENTRY
06 2000 FINISH CARPENTRY

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 15


07 1000 WATERPROOFING
07 2100 THERMAL INSULATION
07 2500 WEATHER BARRIERS
07 2600 VAPOR RETARDERS
07 5400 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO)
07 6200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
07 8100 APPLIED FIREPROOFING
07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS 18
08 1100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08 1400 FLUSH WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES
08 1430 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS
08 3400 FIRE PROTECTED CURTAIN WALL ASSEMBLIES
08 5000 STEEL WINDOWS
08 7000 DOOR HARDWARE
08 8000 ACCESS DOORS
08 9000 LOUVERS AND VENTS

AW: 2566-002 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 20
09 0000 OUTLINE PARAMETERS FOR INTERIOR FINISHES

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES 21
10 2000 TOILET COMPARTMENTS
10 2800 TOILET ACCESSORIES
10 4400 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS
10 4500 PHOTOLUMINESCENT EGRESS PATH MARKINGS

DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING SYSTEMS 22


14 2000 ELEVATORS

DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION 23


SEE ENGINEER’S FIRE PROTECTION NARRATIVE

DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 23
SEE ENGINEER’S PLUMBING NARRATIVE

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23


SEE ENGINEER’S HVAC NARRATIVE

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 23
SEE ENGINEER’S ELECTRICAL NARRATIVE
26 4113 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 26


28 1600 BUILDING INTRUSION ALARM SYSTEM

DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 27
31 2333 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 3500 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS
31 3116 TERMITE CONTROL

DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 28


32 1200 ASPHALT PAVING
32 1300 CONCRETE PAVING
32 9000 LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION

AW: 2566-002 TABLE OF CONTENTS 3


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

APPENDICES

A. HISTORIC PRESERVATION NARRATIVE


LORD AECK SARGENT
B. PLUMBING ENGINEERING NARRATIVE
MW/DAVIS DUMAS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
C. FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING NARRATIVE
MW/DAVIS DUMAS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
D. HVAC ENGINEERING NARRATIVE
MW/DAVIS DUMAS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
E. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING NARRATIVE
HYDE ENGINEERING
F. LIMITED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SURVEY - 2011
BHATE ENVIRONMENTAL ASSOCIATES, INC.
G. ASBESTOS ABATEMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - 2013
BHATE ENVIRONMENTAL ASSOCIATES, INC.
H. REPORT OF SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION AND GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION – 2017
BUILDING & EARTH

AW: 2566-002 TABLE OF CONTENTS 4


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

This outline, along with the Pricing Drawings, describe the work on the exterior skin
and interior finishes of and additions to the Ramsay McCormack Building at the
Pre-Design stage. This outline lists or describes optional systems in general for
pricing purposes. Being schematic in nature, detail of each system and component
is not specified. Any use of this outline implies complete systems or components for
a finished functioning building, or related portion thereof. This outline follows the
CSI (Construction Specifications Institute) Division Format.

Pricing Drawings included with this Outline:


G000 Cover Sheet
A100 Demolition Site Plan
A101 Site Plan
A102 Demolition Floor Plan – Basement Level
A103 Demolition Floor Plan – First Level
A104 Demolition Floor Plan – Second Level
A105 Demolition Floor Plan – Third & Fourth Levels
A106 Demolition Floor Plan – Fifth & Sixth Levels
A107 Demolition Floor Plan – Seventh & Eighth Levels
A108 Demolition Floor Plan – Ninth & Tenth Levels
A109 Demolition Floor Plan – Eleventh & Twelfth Levels
A110 Demolition Roof Plan
A200 Demolition Elevation – 19th Street
A201 Demolition Elevation – Avenue E
A202 Demolition Elevation – Alley
A203 Demolition Elevation – North
A210 Building Elevation – 19th Street
A211 Building Elevation – Avenue E
A212 Building Elevation – Alley
A213 Building Elevation – North
H100 Historic Lobby Plans
H200 Building Elevations
H201 Building Elevations
H202 Building Elevations
H203 Building Elevations
H301 Interior Elevations
H302 Interior Elevations
H303 Historic Stair

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 5


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

1. The project site will need to be secured at the end of each work day.

Limited debris collection and removal, and materials storage that must occur
within the development area will be coordinated with the City and must be within
a secured and separated area.

2. No smoking will be permitted on the job site.

3. Contractor must supply job site construction office as well as temporary toilets.

4. All costs associated with project site operations and supervision are to be
provided, including temporary facilities, insurance, clean-up, safety procedures,
and all material and labor costs associated with the proper oversight,
supervision, and operation of construction.

5. Provide access for architect and owner during construction. Access shall be
maintained until each area of exterior improvement is substantially complete.

6. All overhead and profit costs are to be included.

7. All permitting costs are to be included.

8. All testing services are to be paid for by the contractor for pricing purposes.

9. Include a 10 percent estimating contingency for this level of detail.

10. The Contractor shall develop an operation and maintenance manual for
materials, systems, and equipment on the project and shall provide that
document to the ownership of the building at project closeout, along with
complete demonstration of each item contained therein.

11. Pricing shall be divided into work on and within the existing Ramsay McCormack
Building and work on the tower additions.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 6


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS

1. Prior to beginning construction, locate all utilities. Assume the following:


a. Power: Coordinate with Alabama Power Company and AT&T to bring
appropriate power and phone distribution from alley right-of-ways. Take
distribution underground from right-of-way to building.
b. Sewer: Assume existing sewer structures in streets/alleys will remain.
Connect new waste and storm plumbing to existing mains as required.
c. Water and Gas: These utilities are assumed to be in the public street right-
of-way and should not be affected by new construction. Tap as required
for new services.

2. Subsurface Investigation: Contractor to obtain a copy of Building & Earth


Engineers’ Report of Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation. Project
No. BH170134, dated June 12, 2017. Contractor’s site development work to
comply with the requirements and considerations outlined in this report. Of
particular note are the following:
a. Site Preparation: Note that Item 4.5 indicates a minimum of 5-feet of fill
material must be undercut across the site to an area 5-feet outside the
development footprint. This material must be replaced with Structural Fill
complying with the report’s recommendations. Other areas of unsuitable
fill or debris may be encountered as well, which will need to be removed
and replaced with Structural Fill.
b. Ground Water: Note that groundwater was encountered as high as 9-feet
below grade in the borings, and several feet of water has been observed in
the existing basement of the Ramsay McCormack Building near this
elevation. The Contractor is to assume the presence of ground water
above all basement level and new foundation work. The site will require
continuous dewatering during foundation and basement construction, and
a permanent subsurface drainage and pump system will be installed as a
part of this work.

3. Hazardous Materials: In 2011, Bhate Associates completed a Limited Hazardous


Materials Survey of the building interior, and in 2013, they also completed
Technical Specifications for Asbestos Abatement. These two documents are
included in the Appendix following these Outline Specifications.
a. The work associated with the abatement specifications was executed in
2013-14 by Montgomery Environmental.
b. The target of the abatement program was for asbestos containing materials
inside the building which were identified in the 2011 survey.
c. Complete abatement of lead based paint was not a requirement, so those
finishes remaining that have an existing painted finish may still contain lead
paint, including interior plaster finishes and the exterior painted brick, terra
cotta, and windows.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 7


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

d. The Contractor should assume providing testing and abatement as needed


of additional lead-based paint where remaining and as required by
governing authorities and standards for the scope of work proposed.
e. In addition, the 2011 survey also noted that the existing elevator drive
motors may contain PCB’s. Although the survey notes 3-motors, there are
actually 5-motors in the penthouse, 2 of which may have been replaced
and abandoned in that space. Contractor to assume removal and
replacement of all existing elevator equipment, including any required
abatement procedures.

4. Structure Demolition: Remove items indicated to be demolished on the Plans.


Provide temporary shoring and bracing as needed for alteration to structural
elements.
a. Identify items designated to be salvaged, stored, or reused and remove
these from the site, warehouse them in a climate-controlled facility for the
duration of the project, and return them at the conclusion of work prior to
Substantial Completion.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 8


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 03: CONCRETE

033000 CONCRETE
1. Foundations to be in accordance with the Geotechnical investigation
2. All new basements areas to have cast-in-place concrete retaining walls, columns,
and cantilever spread footings.
3. Main Level floor structure over new basement areas to consist of cast-in-place
concrete beams and elevated concrete floor structure.
4. New 10-story core addition to Ramsay-McCormack tower to consist of deep
foundations with drilled piers.
5. Coordinate all new concrete work with structural narrative by MBA Associates.
6. Concrete construction general requirements:
a. Concrete materials and placement shall comply with ACI standards.
b. Slabs on Grade – Assume 6" thick slabs reinforced with No. 4 bars at 16”
O.C. each way.
c. Concrete compressive strength at 28 days (PSI), typ. of concrete, maximum
water cement ratio, air content, slump and concrete use: assume 3,000 psi
for slabs on grade; 4,000 psi for shallow foundations, retaining walls,
columns, and other elevated structural concrete.
d. Uncoated reinforcing bars shall comply with ASTM A615/A615M or ASTM
A 996/A 996M, Grade 60 (Grade 420).
e. All reinforcing shall be detailed in accordance with A.C.I. standards 315, of
latest revision.
f. All welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A-185. Welded wire fabric
shall be lapped a minimum of 1'-0" and shall be furnished in sheets only
(No Rolls).
g. Wall vertical reinforcing shall be lapped with a class "b" splice and wall
horizontal reinforcing shall be lapped 30 diameters at splice points. Provide
corner bars for walls.
h. All splices shall be class "B" tension lap splice, unless noted otherwise.
i. Finishing of Exposed Surfaces: Match existing conditions unless otherwise
noted on drawings.
j. Install 10 mill vapor retarder equal to Stego Industries, LLC Stego 15 under
slabs on grade. Install per manufacturer’s instructions lapping and sealing
joints and penetrations.
k. Place slabs on minimum 4" of porous gravel fill.
l. Finish slabs with trowel finish. Finish and measure surface so gap at any
point between concrete surface and unleveled freestanding, 10 foot long
straight edge resting on two high spots does not exceed 1/8". Provide floor
slab recesses as required for finish floor materials and for walk-in
refrigerator at kitchen.
m. Cold Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1.
Hot Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 9


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

n. Testing: Owner will employ a consultant to provide testing of concrete at


periodic intervals. Coordinate with Owners testing agency during concrete
pours. Provide strength testing of all concrete pours, complying with ACI
301.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 10


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 04: MASONRY

040120 EXISTING BRICK MASONRY AND TERRA COTTA RESTORATION


See attached Historic Preservation Narrative.

040140 STONE REPAIR


1. All stone repair work must be executed by a company having trained personnel
and demonstrated experience in executing successful repair work on documented
historic structures.
2. Repair granite detailing at exterior facades around main level. Assume
reattachment where movement is apparent using stainless steel anchorage
devices, and repair any cracked or chipped surfaces with Cathedral Stone Jahn
M160 granite repair mortar, custom mixed to match existing colors.
3. Restore existing marble finishes, stair treads and stair balustrades at Entry Lobby of
existing tower. Reset existing pieces that have been removed and salvaged.
Refabricate any missing or severely damaged pieces. New marble must be
selected and culled for close match to existing material and veining pattern in
lobby area. Assume Alabama white.
4. Restore or replace existing interior stone window sills at perimeter of Ramsay
McCormack Tower. New marble must be selected and culled for close match to
existing material and veining pattern. Assume Tennessee pink.

042000 UNIT MASONRY


1. Provide non-load bearing concrete unit masonry walls at the following locations:
a. Exterior walls behind new brick and metal panel finishes.

2. Concrete Unit Masonry – General Construction - Provide ASTM C90, normal


weight, Type I, concrete masonry units. Mortar ASTM C270. Grout ASTM C476,
2000 psi. Reinforcing ASTM A615, Grade 60. Provide either ladder or truss type
masonry joint reinforcement at all walls, ASTM A951, wire size for side rods, cross
rods, and veneer ties W1.7 or 0.148-inch., stainless steel. At minimum, provide
vertical reinforcing at 48” O.C.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 11


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 05: METALS

051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL - GENERAL


1. New building structure at tower core addition to consist of structural steel frame
with wide flange steel columns and beams, and hollow core slab floor deck. All
steel frame to be 2-hour protected with spray-on fireproofing.
2. Steel Framing: General requirements.
a. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
b. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold formed steel tubing.
c. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40) unless
otherwise indicated.
d. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A
47/A 47M.
e. General Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 316 stainless
steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating
complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5 at exterior
walls. Botled connections shall be installed per RCSC's "Specification for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type
of joint indicated.
f. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type,
galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or
ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as
needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.
g. Post Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors. At interior
locations, carbon steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633
or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5. At exterior locations and where stainless
steel is indicated, Alloy Group 1 (A1) stainless steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and
nuts, ASTM F 594.
h. Metal Surfaces: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without
blemishes, and generally comply with NAAM's "Metal Finishes Manual for
Architectural Metal Products.". At interior locations of all steel and iron,
provide universal shop primer, fast curing, lead and chromate-free,
modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with any
topcoat. At exterior locations, surfaces to be hot-dip galvanized to comply
with ASTM A 153/A 153M for hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for
other steel and iron products. Touch-up all blemishes at installations in the
field immediately after erection using primer or galvanizing repair paint as
required, comply with SSPC-PA and ASTM A 780.
i. Nonshrink Grout: To be factory packaged, non-staining, non corrosive,
nongaseous group complying with ASTM C 1107, provided specifically as
recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
3. General Steel Fabrication and Erection: Elements of structural steel framing are
classified by AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges"
supporting design loads. Provide connection details of simple shear type required,

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 12


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

to be selected or completed to withstand ASD-service loads, using schematic


details indicated, and complying with AISC's "Manual of Steel Construction,
Allowable Stress Design," Part 4. Also comply with applicable provisions of the
following:
a. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design
and Plastic Design."
b. AISC's "Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections."
c. AISC's "Specification for Allowable Stress Design of Single-Angle Members."
d. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490
Bolts." AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code-Steel."

053000 STEEL DECKING


1. Provide steel metal deck at roof of tower addition.
2. Deck properties and attachments shall be in accordance with the Steel Deck
Institute.

054000 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING


1. Provide cold formed metal framed infill wall systems at exit stairs at tower addition
and to include shaft-wall at new and existing elevator shafts.
2. Cold formed metal framing to be design-build system by Contractor. System to be
designed to resist design loads provided by Structural Engineer. Metal framing to
be appropriately connected to the building’s primary structural steel frame.
3. Vertical studs to 100-percent end bearing. Vertical studs interrupted by wall
openings to be located equally on each side of opening.

055100 METAL STAIRS


3. Metal Stairs: Provide metal pan stairs with concrete treads at exit towers complete
with landing platforms, vertical and horizontal supports, railings, and guards,
fabricated accurately for anchorage to each other and to building structure.
a. Regulatory Requirements: Provide stairs and railings complying with the
most stringent requirements of local, state, and federal regulations; where
requirements of the contract documents exceed those of regulations,
comply with the contract documents.
b. Handrails: Comply with applicable accessibility requirements of ADA
Standards.
c. Structural Design: Provide complete stair and railing assemblies complying
with the applicable local code.
d. Metal Jointing and Finish Quality Levels:
i. Architectural: All joints as inconspicuous as possible, whether
welded or mechanical.
ii. Welded Joints: Continuously welded and ground smooth and flush.
iii. Mechanical Joints: Butted tight, flush, and hairline; concealed
fastenings only.
iv. Exposed Edges and Corners: Eased to small uniform radius.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 13


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

v. Metal Surfaces to be Painted: Sanded or ground smooth, suitable


for highest quality gloss finish.

DIVISION 06: WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES

060000 ROUGH CARPENTRY


1. Blocking and Bracing: Provide necessary blocking and bracing, nailers, cants,
and furring in concealed areas as needed for attachment of building components,
hardware, toilet accessories, etc. Provide No. 2 grade, fire retardant, of any
species, maximum moisture content 19-percent.

062000 FINISH CARPENTRY


1. Standing and Running Trim:
a. Assume stained wood trim as follows:
i. Historic Areas: Patch/repair/replace existing as required. See
Historic Preservation Narrative.
b. Moldings and paneling for transparent finish (stain or clear): WMMPA
HWM 2, N-grade wood moldings. Species: White Oak, straight vertical
grain, quarter sawn.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 14


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 07: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

071000 WATERPROOFING
1. Fluid-Applied Waterproofing:
a. Provide fluid applied waterproofing around all existing (Ramsay
McCormack tower) and new foundation walls that are adjacent to occupied
basement space, forming a complete enclosure to minimum 12-inches
below finish floor slab.
b. Basis of Design: W.R. Meadows, Inc., MEL-ROL LM. Cured thickness 60-
mils minimum, suitable for installation over concrete substrates. Provide
protection board to prevent damage during backfilling.
c. At back side of waterproofing and protection board, provide min. 18” wide
area of porous fill, surrounded by filter fabric. At base of porous fill,
provide sock covered perforated pipe drainage system to sump and
mechanical pump system to municipal storm structures.
2. Crystalline Waterproofing:
a. Provide crystalline waterproofing on interior and floor surfaces of all new
elevator pits.
b. Basis of Design: XYPEX Chemical Corporation, XYPEX Concentrate with
second coat of XYPEX Modified.

072100 THERMAL INSULATION


1. Batt Insulation:
a. Provide batt insulation at all new exterior metal stud walls.
b. Where batt insulation is indicated, provide glass fiber batts. Basis of
Design: Owens Corning Corp., EcoTouch PINK FIBERGLASS Insulation.
i. Exterior Framed Walls: R-20

072500 WEATHER BARRIERS


1. Provide fluid applied breathable water-resistive barrier at all new exterior walls.
At metal stud construction, install over exterior grade gypsum sheathing.
2. Basis of Design: Momentive SEC2600 SilShield AWB, Silicone Air and Water-
Resistive Barrier. Product is solvent free, fluid applied 100% silicone mastic
coating for air barrier and water-resistive barrier applications to coat and seal
above-grade wall assemblies, protect against air passage and water penetration.

072600 VAPOR RETARDERS


1. Provide 10-mil thick polyethylene under slabs on grade. See concrete section.

075400 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING


1. Provide thermoplastic membrane roofing over all new and existing roof areas.
Roof areas to be surrounded by parapets. Provide manufacturer’s standard white
color.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 15


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

2. Basis of Design: Firestone Building Products, UltraPly TPO 60-mil. Factory


fabricate sheets into largest possible.
3. Provide deck sheathing and coverboards as required over existing concrete roof
slabs. Assume glass mat faced gypsum panels as to meet requirements of roof
manufacturer for substrate conditions prior to installation work.
4. Provide minimum R-20 thermal value roof insulation, sloped to new or existing
internal drainage structures.
5. Provide new cast-iron roof drains, Zurn or equal, and new cast iron roof leaders
piped to storm sewer.
6. At new parapets, extend TPO membrane up back side of parapet and under new
parapet caps. Provide all necessary heat-welded flashings and transitions as
recommended by roof manufacturer.
7. At existing brick masonry walls and parapets, extend roofing minimum 12-inches
up wall and terminate with termination bar and sealant. Saw-cut new reglet
above termination bar and install new copper counterflashing. Counterflashing to
extend into reglet joint with spring-clip. Provide lead wedge, backer rod, and
silicone sealant.

076000 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL


1. Provide flashings and sheet metal work, including flashings, copings, ledges, etc.
2. Existing Ramsay McCormack Tower: Sheet metal to be either 16oz. copper or
stainless steel at concealed locations.
3. At existing brick and terra-cotta parapets:
a. Remove existing terra-cotta copings. Repair masonry parapets as required
and comply with requirements of Historic Preservation Narrative.
b. Install new stainless steel dowels for reattachment of caps.
c. Install new copper flashings with copper thimbles over dowels, fully
soldered.
d. Reinstall all terra-cotta copings over flashed dowels.
e. Finish coping joints with backer rods and silicone sealant. Cover sealant
joints with lead T-caps.
4. At Addition Areas: Through-wall flashings may be membrane material at new
construction areas. Parapet caps and other exposed copings to be prefinished
aluminum with concealed fasteners.
5. All sheet metal to comply with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Design Manual.

078100 APPLIED FIREPROOFING


1. Provide applied fireproofing over structural frame and decking at high-rise
addition to Ramsay McCormack Tower. Comply with ASTM E605/E605M,
Standard Test Methods for Thickness and Density of Sprayed Fire Resistive Material
Applied to Structural Members.
2. All columns, beams, girders, and floors to be 3-hour fire rated. Material to be
spray-on for interior applications, concealed.
3. Basis of Design: GCP Applied Technologies, Monkote

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 16


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

079200 JOINT SEALANTS


Use silicone or polyurethane sealants in color to match adjacent surfaces and as
appropriate for the condition: Basis of Design: Dow 790 or 795 at exterior.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 17


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 08: OPENINGS

081100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS


1. At new exterior doors at addition areas, provide hollow metal doors in hollow
metal frames. Door leaves to be minimum 8’-0”h.
2. Doors to be Level 3, extra heavy duty, physical performance level A, in accordance
with ANSI/SDI A250.8, SDI-100. Door faces and frames 16-gauge, with insulated
core – Min. R-6. Door thickness 1-3/4”.

081400 FLUSH WOOD DOORS


1. At new interior doors in non-historic areas, provide wood slab doors in hollow
metal frames. Door leaves to be minimum 8’-0” high.
2. Doors to be custom grade, heavy duty performance. 1-3/4” thickness. Door
facings white oak veneer grade, quarter cut, book matched. 5-ply.
3. Cores to be particleboard.

081430 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS


1. Existing wood stile and rail doors and transoms in historic hallways of Ramsay
McCormack Tower to be salvaged and refurbished.
2. Reglaze all existing openings with new obscure tempered glass units, matching
existing glass texture.
3. Repair stiles and rails with new wood where necessary, and replace existing units
with new units as required. Provide new frames, stops, and perimeter casing trim
to match existing. New wood stiles and rails, frames, and trim to match existing
face widths, thicknesses, and profiles. All new wood material to be stained white
oak. Match existing grade and detailing.

083400 FIRE PROTECTIVE CURTAIN ASSEMBLIES


1. Above all elevator shaft openings, provide overhead coiling smoke curtain. Basis
of Design: Smoke Guard, Inc., Model 600. Housing to be fully recessed in
plaster ceiling above. Connect unit to emergency power systems and fire alarm.

085000 STEEL WINDOWS


1. Remove all existing steel windows from the Ramsay McCormack tower.
2. Floors 2 through 10: Provide new windows to match exisiting in existing openings.
Basis of Design: Manko Series 800, with insulating glass and operable awning
ventilator. Custom paint finish to match original color of building, to be
determined by historic testing.
3. First/Main Floor: Provide new steel casement system – A&S Windows, Series 500,
or Hope’s Windows and Doors, Jamestown Series.

087000 DOOR HARDWARE


1. At historic doors, salvage and refurbish existing hardware to good working
condition.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 18


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

2. At new doors, provide commercial grade hardware with full mortised locks, exit
devices, ball bearing hinges, closers, stops, weatherstripping, sweeps, drip caps,
etc. New locking devices to be Sargent, fully mortised, lever handle or pull/panic
hardware, function as appropriate to the condition, or equal. Finish selected by
Architect from full range.
3. Locking devices to be coordinated with Owner’s master key system. Assume
Medco cylinders with proprietary key system.

088000 ACCESS DOORS


1. Provide access doors where required for access to mechanical, plumbing, and
electrical items concealed in structure. At gypsum board or plaster assemblies,
assume JL Industries, Model WB, Flush Access Panel, gasketed with cylinder lock.

089000 LOUVERS AND VENTS


1. Provide prefinished aluminum vents at new addition and where required for
mechanical and electrical work – Greenheck, water return storm louvers blades.
2. At historic Ramsay McCormack Building, new louvers required for outside air
systems to be installed in existing steel window sashes. Louvered panels to be
custom steel fabrications.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 19


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 09: FINISHES

Interior finishes are to be assumed as follows:

1. Finish Treatment – Ramsay McCormack Perimeter Interior


a. Existing exterior masonry walls – provide metal lath and plaster finish,
including returns at window openings. Repair or replace stone sills as
required. Repair or replace wood trim at window perimeter.
b. Provide 6’-0” wide ceiling pocket at perimeter – metal lath and plaster
finish, installed tight to concrete floor structure above. Install bulkhead and
lower ceiling inside perimeter treatment.
c. Coordinate with separate Historic Preservation Narrative.
2. Finish Treatment – Ramsay McCormack Historic Lobby – Patch and repair existing
terrazzo floor, marble walls, and coffered plaster ceiling finishes and trim in this
important historic area. Coordinate with Historic Preservation Narrative.
3. Finish Treatment – Ramsay McCormack Historic Corridors
a. Provide new wall tile to match existing.
b. Patch and repair existing door openings. Provide new wood frames and
perimeter trim. Reinstall or replace existing stile and rail doors.
c. Restore existing marble flooring.
d. Provide new metal lath and plaster ceiling. Install new metal ceiling trim to
match existing.
e. Coordinate with separate Historic Preservation Narrative.
4. Typical Toilets
a. Floor: Porcelain tile
b. Base: Porcelain tile
c. Wet Walls: Porcelain tile
d. Dry Walls: Painted gypsum board – epoxy paint
e. Doors/Casings: Slab wood doors in painted hollow metal frame
f. Ceiling: Acoustical ceiling tile and suspension system.
g. Ceiling Trim: None

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 20


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES


102000 TOILET COMPARTMENTS
1. Provide solid phenolic core toilet partitions at each multi-fixture restroom.
Partitions to be floor mounted, overhead braced, in color selected by Architect
from manufacturer’s full range.
2. Manufacturers: Bobrick or Bradley

102800 TOILET ACCESSORIES


1. Provide appropriate allowance for stainless steel toilet accessories at all restrooms.
Include toilet tissue dispensers, automatic paper towel dispenser, recessed waste
receptacle, soap dispensers, mirrors, coat hooks, etc.
2. Manufacturers: Bobrick or Bradley

104400 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS


1. Provide appropriate allowance for fire extinguishers throughout the building.
2. Cabinets – Basis of Design: Recessed type, J.L. Industries, Embassy Series
5614V17.
3. Fire Extinguishers: Multipurpose dry chemical type, complying with NFPA 10.
Carbon steel tank with pressure gauge. Class A:B:C type, J.L. Industries Model
Cosmic 10E. Place all extinguishers in cabinets.

104500 PHOTOLUMINESCENT EGRESS PATH MARKINGS


1. Provide code compliant photoluminescent egress path markings at high-rise
egress system.
2. Egress markings in highrise exit stairs to include: leading edge of treads, outline
of landings, handrails, wall mounted demarcation lines around floor and exit
doors, high and low exit signs, etc.
3. Extend egress markings down rated egress passages to building exterior.
4. Basis of Design: Balco, Inc., IllumiTread Photoluminescent Exit Path Marking
System.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 21


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 14: CONVEYING EQUIPMENT


142000 ELEVATORS
1. Replace (3) existing elevators in existing combined elevator shaft of Ramsay
McCormack tower. Two (2) will have 11-stops. One (1) will have 10-stops.
a. Perimeter of existing clay tile shaft to be fully lined with new metal stud and
gypsum board/panel shaft-wall system to comply with 2-hour UL compliant
fire rated construction. All penetrations properly fire caulked and sealed.
b. Provide new structural steel framing and bracing to existing concrete
structure for attachment of elevator equipment.
2. Elevator Basis of Design:
a. Existing Shaft: Kone, Minispace, 2000 lb. capacity, 400 fpm. Cab interiors
to be finished with custom wood paneling to match existing.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 22


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 21: FIRE SUPRESSION


See Engineer’s Fire Protection Narrative

DIVISION 22: PLUMBING


See Engineer’s Plumbing Narrative

DIVISION 23: HEATING, VENITLATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING


See Engineer’s HVAC Narrative

DIVISION 26: ELECTRICAL


See Engineer’s Electrical Narrative

264113 – LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM


1. Furnish and install all materials and labor required to provide a complete
functional lightning protection and common ground system for the building,
including all related roof flashings and in strict accordance with these
specifications.
2. The following standards of the latest current issue form a part of this specification.
a. N.F.P.A. – Code No. 780.
b. U.L. – Code No. 96A
3. All materials for this system shall be new and the standard product of a
manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of lightning protection systems
and shall be of the latest approved designs. Equipment shall be approved for UL
listing.
4. Selected Lightning Protection Subcontractor shall provide design of system using a
qualified engineer registered in the State of Alabama. Complete shop drawings
of the entire lightning protection system showing the type, size, mounting details,
and location of all equipment, grounds and cable routings, etc., shall be
submitted to the Architect for approval prior to start of work. If any departures of
consequence from the Approved Shop Drawings are deemed necessary by the
Contractor, details thereof shall be submitted and approval obtained before work
is resumed and completed.
5. System materials in general shall be copper and high copper-content bronze
castings, and shall comply in weight, size, and composition for the class of
structure to be protected, as specified in above mentioned Codes. The system
shall consist of all necessary cables, air terminals, mounting bases, fittings,
couplings, connectors, fasteners, etc., as required to give a complete and
coordinated system. All cable and all air terminals shall bear proper UL labels.
6. System conductors shall be completely concealed wherever practical. All main
downleads and roof risers shall be concealed within the building plenums, walls,
or columns.
7. All system fittings except cable holders, regardless of Structure classification, shall
be heavy-duty type made from bronze castings and secured with bolted-pressure
clamps. Pressure plates made from stamped or pressed metal parts, or fittings

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 23


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

utilizing crimp-type pressure devices will not be allowed. All bolts, screws and
related type hardware shall be stainless steel.
8. All materials shall be copper or copper alloys as described above, UL approved
and labeled as required, and of the size, weight, and construction to suit the
application where used in accordance with Code requirements for the Class of
structure involved, and as per manufacturer recommendations.
a. Air terminals shall be solid, ½” diameter round copper bar, full nickel
plated, and of sufficient length to project 10” minimum above the object to
be protected, and UL labeled. Locate and space points in accordance with
L.P.I. requirements.
b. Point bases shall be cast bronze with bolt-pressure cable connectors.
Parapet type units shall provide for 1-1/2” coping overhand. Adhesive
type bases for flat roofs shall have a minimum surface contact area of 18.5
square inches, and be secure with a proper adhesive.
c. Conductors shall be braided smooth twist or rope-lay stranding
commercially pure copper cable, sized per Code and U.L. labeled.
d. Ground rods shall be ¾” diameter and 10’-0” long copper-clad steel,
connected to system downlead cable with tow-bolt bronze clamp with
stainless steel cap screws. Driven depth to be minimum of 12-feet.
e. Cable fasteners shall be substantial in construction, compatible with the
conductor and mounting surfaces, and spaced according to Code
requirements.
f. Bonding devices, cable splicers, and miscellaneous connectors shall be cast
bronze with bolt pressure cable connections with stainless steel hardware.
Any connections between dissimilar metals shall be made with approved bi-
metallic connectors or spacers.
9. Contractor shall have supplier of system design system in accordance with these
specifications furnishing shop drawing for approval.
10.Building is bearing masonry and cast-in-place concrete frame, so building
structure may not be used as part of the lightning protection system.
11.All equipment and materials shall be installed in a neat workmanlike manner by
skilled installers, under the direct field supervision of a Certified Master Installer
who has qualified under the LPI’s Certification Program or similar installation
training.
a. System installation shall be complete, including necessary cable networks
on the roof for air terminals and devices, bonding networks and taps for
grounding equipment and roof metals, and downlead conductors routed
concealed in building structure to ground level. Where downleads and
risers penetrate roofs and walls, suitable ½” copper rod type thru-roof
connectors shall be used, equipped with necessary lead or neoprene
washers and nuts for watertight seal.
b. System installers shall thoroughly coordinate their work with other trades to
insure a correct, neat, and unobtrusive complete installation.
12.A common ground shall be provided between the lightning protection system and
the building electric and telephone service grounds. In addition, all underground

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 24


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

metallic piping systems shall be bonded with full size conductor; including water,
gas, sewer, fuel oil, and any other piping system, at points where these pipings
enter the building.
a. The building electrical service shall be provided with a set of lightning surge
arresters, secondary as required. Only valve type arrestors will be
acceptable, either single or three-phase as required.
b. Bonding of all metallic objects and systems at roof levels and elsewhere on
the structure shall be complete. Primary bonds for metal bodies of
conductance shall be bonded with appropriate fittings and full-time
conductor; and shall consist of but not be limited to the following: Exhaust
vents and any other roof piping systems, cooling towers, antenna mast for
TV, radio or microwave, flag poles, roof handrails and or decorative
screens, roof ladders, metal stacks, etc. Exterior architectural metal fascia
and/or curtain wall mullions, which extend the full height of the structure
shall also be bonded, if not inherently bonded thru the building frame.
c. Metal bodies of inductance located within six feet of a conductor or object
with primary bonds, shall be bonded with secondary cable and fittings.
Typical of these are: plumbing vent stacks, roof flashings, parapet coping
caps, gravel guards, isolated metal building panels or siding, roof drains,
downspouts, roof ventilators, exterior balcony handrails, lower level
sizeable miscellaneous metals, etc.
13.The manufacturer’s local representative shall be a Certified Master Installer and
shall provide direct jobsite technical supervision to Contractor’s personnel during
installation to insure compliance with all Code requirements.
14.Upon job completion, Contractor shall furnish Owner with written documentation
that system is installed and has been provided with a U.L. Master Label
certification as per U.L. Code 96A

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 25


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 28: ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY


281600 BUILDING INTRUSION ALARM SYSTEM
1. Provide security alarm for building perimeter and all access points during off-
hours.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 26


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 31: EARTHWORK

312333 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING


1. Provide excavation, trenching, and backfilling as required for new foundations
and underground services. Coordinate with Structural narrative and Geotechnical
Investigation report.

312500 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS


1. Provide appropriate soil erosion and sediment control measures during
construction to comply with best management practices and all applicable
standards for authorities having jurisdiction.

313116 TERMITE CONTROL


1. Provide appropriate preparation and pretreatment of ground surface during
foundation work. Pretreat with approved substances for subgrade protection from
termites.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 27


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
The City of Birmingham

DIVISION 32: EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS


321200 ASPHALT PAVING
1. Patch and repair existing asphalt paving at adjacent streets and alleys. Repair as
required after completion of new construction activity.

321300 CONCRETE PAVING


1. Provide new concrete paving at sidewalks and driveways.
2. Sidewalks: Remove existing street sidewalks at Avenue E and 19th Street. Install
new waterproofed foundation wall with drainage, and fill existing void under
sidewalks with No. 57 stone. Install new sidewalk and curbing to comply with City
of Birmingham standards. Minimum construction 5”th. concrete slab reinforced
w/ 6x6 W1.4x1.4 W.W.M.
3. Subgrade Drainage: Install new subgrade paving over filter fabric and minimum
12”th. porous fill with sock covered perforated pipe drainage structures at 48”
O.C. under slab. Piping to drain to sump system for foundation.

329000 LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION


1. Provide appropriate allowance for street side commercial pots and drip irrigation
system flanking doorways and along Avenue E and 19th Street sidewalks. Assume
(20) pots.
2. Basis of Design: Robinson Iron, 5’ Immovable Pot.

AW: 2566-002 PRICING NARRATIVE 28


RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
HISTORIC PRESERVATION CONCEPTUAL PRICING NARRATIVE
City of Birmingham, Alabama
July 21, 2017
RAMSAY-MCCORMACK
BUILDING
Birmingham, Alabama

HISTORIC PRESERVATION CONCEPTUAL PRICING NARRATIVE

Prepared for

The City of Birmingham


Prepared by

Lord Aeck Sargent


In collaboration with

ArchitectureWorks
CONTENTS
• Contents
• Exterior Walls
◊ Structural Clay Tile
◊ Plaster
◊ Brick Masonry
◊ Parapets
◊ Glazed Terra Cotta
◊ Granite
◊ Storefront
◊ Coatings
◊ “Star”
• Roof
◊ Roof Covering
◊ Drainage
• Exterior Windows
◊ Windows
◊ Window Sills
• Interiors
◊ 1st Floor Elevator Lobby
» Floors
» Walls
» Elevator Doors
» Ceiling
◊ Stairs
» Basement to 2nd Floor
◊ Upper Floor Elevator Lobby and Corridor
» Floors
» Walls
» Doors
» Ceilings
» Elevators
EXTERIOR WALLS

STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE

Exterior walls backup is structural clay tile infill spanning


between concrete decks, with black-colored brick around
window openings. The black brick has been used as infill,
though in a somewhat random fashion. The tile is stamped
“VULCAN TILE.”

Scope of work:

• Clean debris out from all exposed window sills and jambs.
Assume 25%.
• Repoint interior sills and jambs where exposed and deteri-
orated. Assume 25%
• Protect tile and brick during construction activities
PLASTER

Exterior walls appear to have been plastered on


the interior with a 1-3/8” thick system, directly
applied to the structural clay tile and brick
exterior wall backup, and with metallic beads
at corners and edges. The beads are corroded
and much of the plaster has fallen off walls.

Scope of work:

• D e m o l i s h re m a i n i n g p l a s t e r a n d
metallic accessories
• Install new beads and plaster.
• New plaster shall be traditional 3-coat system,
1-3/8” thick to match existing.
• An alternative system may be considered:
◊ 7/8” galvanized hat channel furring
◊ 5/8” plaster base board
◊ 2-coat plaster veneer
BRICK MASONRY

The building is clad in glazed brick in a distinc-


tive brown color with dark speckles. It is stamped
“BIRMINGHAM ALA.” and “STEPHENSON BRICK CO.”

Mortar was analyzed by Charles Lawrence on


May 11, 2017. It was determined to be similar to
a modern Type O mortar. Provide the following
mortar mix for all repointing mortar:

• Binder:
◊ 1 part lime
◊ 2.5 parts Portland cement

6
• Aggregate:
◊ 2.6 parts sand to 1 part binder
• Color:
◊ To match Munsell 5Y 8/1

Refer to drawings for specific areas of deterioration.

The typical brick unit is 8” wide X 2 1/4” tall X 3 3/4”


deep, with a typical 3/8” mortar joint.

Scope of Work:

• Remove coatings from all brick masonry. See


more information under Coatings below.
• Assume 100% repoint of all brick masonry.
• Assume 2% of brick is cracked and should be
replaced with intact brick salvaged from the inside
face of parapets.
PARAPETS

Parapet corners are clay tile infill faced with a single wythe of
brick on either side. Parapet walls between corners appear to be
triple wythe brick.

The northeast corner of the 10th floor parapet has been severely
damaged and is missing brick and terra cotta. Some of these
elements appear to be stored inside the penthouse.

• Carefully dismantle all parapets, salvaging brick and terra cotta


for reuse.
• Rebuild parapets.
• Where bricks from inside face of parapets are used to replace
cracked brick on building façade, replace with new brick. Replace
brick on parapets with firebrick matching existing in dimension.
New brick does not have to match existing where not visible
from the street.

7
GLAZED TERRA COTTA

The glazed terra cotta on the building is a brown


color, with large dark speckles. Where the
non-historic coating has been applied, there is
some mild crazing visible on some units, though
this appears to be cosmetic only. Terra cotta
appears to be stamped “ATLANTA.”

There is glazed terra cotta at several locations


on the building:

• First floor entrances


• Second floor window exterior sills
• Several exterior decorative panels
• Parapet copings and ornaments
• Parapet “oculi”

Some elements are missing or damaged. Refer


to drawings for terra cotta to be replaced.

There also appears to be polychrome glazed


terra cotta at the penthouse roof.

Scope of work:

• Copings and caps will be removed during


parapet repair.
• Remove all non-historic coatings.
• 100% repoint of terra cotta.
• Assume patching of 5% of terra cotta. Patching shall be with Jahn’s M100 repair mortar or similar. Reglaze
damaged units with Cathedral Stone Terra Cotta Glaze Repair or similar, in color to match existing units.
• For units to be replaced, create mould from existing similar unit. Cast replica unit using Jahn’s M100 repair
mortar or similar.
• Refer to drawings for specific areas of repair.
GRANITE

The first floor entry pilaster bases are clad in a brown highly figured granite.

Scope of work:

• Salvage and reinstall granite bases.

8
STOREFRONT

A single historic storefront remains,


clad in granite, with bronze extrusions.
Other storefronts are non-historic and
have been infilled with metal studs
and stucco.

There also appears to be a historic


steel transom in place over the entry
to the west lobby. This transom should
be preserved in place.

Refer to drawings for addi-


tional information.

An historic image of the south store-


fronts from the Birmingham News,
Nov. 29, 1961, is included below.

Scope of work:

• Demolish non-historic metal stud/stucco assemblies.


• Clean and repoint granite base at historic storefront.
• Reglaze historic storefront.
• Replace beadboard in transom with new glazing.
• Remove historic doors. Strip and repaint. Replace plywood with
new glazing.
• Strip and repaint historic hardware. Fix doors in place.
• Replicate storefront as noted on drawings.

9
COATINGS

All brick and terra cotta has been coated with an unknown material. Due to
the resilient nature of glazed brick and terra cotta, chemical cleaners can
be used to completely remove this coating from the building.

Hazardous materials testing should be performed to identify areas of


lead paint.

A coatings analysis is recommended to determine historic coatings


and colors.

Scope of work:

• Following hazardous materials testing


and coatings analysis, remove all
non-historic coatings from glazed terra
cotta, brick masonry, and steel.
• Provide three 5’ x 5’ test panels using up
to three different products to determine
most effective approach.
• Paint should be tested for presence of
lead prior to removal. If lead is present,
paint must be abated in accordance with
state and federal law.
◊ Possible cleaning products include:
» Prosoco Sure Klean Heavy
Duty Paint Stripper
» Diedrich Envirestrip
» Dumond Peel-Away

“STAR” FEATURES

There are two large “star” features on top of the building. Based on historic photographs of the exterior (from the
Birmingham News, dated May 27, 1954), these stars are non-historic and should be demolished.

Scope of work:

• Demolish stars.

ROOF

ROOF COVERING

The historic roofing is built-up asphalt. It is currently covered with temporary TPO.

Scope of work:

• Install new membrane roof


• New membrane roof shall return up parapet walls minimum of 8” and be terminated with stainless steel flashings

10
(including termination bars and counterflashing as appropriate to membrane assembly).
• Properly integrate new roofing with roof drains.
DRAINAGE

The penthouse roof is drained via a single conductor head and 4” square downspout on the west face of the building.
This drainage has failed and is pouring water down the side of the penthouse. This roof is approximately 900 SF.
It drains directly onto the stair overrun (see below).

The 10th floor roof is drained by three approximately 4” inside-diameter roof drains. The roof is approximately 2,500
SF in area. The three roof drains daylight through the 10th floor walls below and drain directly onto the 9th floor roof.

There is a stair overrun that is approximately 100 SF in area. This drains to the 9th floor roof via a conductor head
and 4.5” x 2.25” rectangular downspout on the north face of the building. This area also drains the penthouse roof.

The 9th floor roof is approximately 1,400 SF and is drained by four approximately 4” inside-diameter roof drains.
This roof collects all of the runoff from the above floors.

Finally, there are four small triangular roofs above the 8th floor corners. These are each approximately 25 SF. Each
connects to one of the four 9th floor roof drains via an approximately 2” inside diameter drain.

All internal roof drains are flush with the roof surface and may not be properly flashing into the surrounding roof,
which is contributing to leaks within the building.

SMACNA 5th Edition Table 1-2 shows that for a 100-year storm in Birmingham, Alabama, 120 square feet of roof
area can be drained per 1 square inch of downspout area. Based on this information, it appears that the building
has adequate drainage capacity.

However, it appears that the roof drains are both clogged and likely have leaks.
It is recommended to replace all drains and leaders with new of similar or
larger size.

Scope of work:

• Replace penthouse conductor head and roof drain leader.


• Replace stair overrun conductor head and roof drain leader.
• Replace all internal roof drains and associated leaders. Properly flash
internal drains into new roof assembly.
• Connect drainage to storm sewer system.

EXTERIOR WINDOWS

WINDOWS

The existing windows are constructed from steel angle between 1/8” and ¼”
thick and of width between 1” and 1.5”. All windows are corroded to varying
degree. Several have an exterior coating that is failing and appears to be
non-historic. Windows appear to be glazed with 1/8” thick single pane glass.

Windows appear to have been grouted directly into the surrounding substrate.
It can be assumed that the outer steel frame extrusions of the window have
been fully packed with grout, which will need to be removed. This is likely

11
contributing to the heavy corrosion since on the window frames, especially at
upper floors.

The lower sash of all windows appears to have been designed to operate as
a reverse hopper, with the sash pulling toward the interior and hinging at the
bottom. The middle sash was designed as an awning window, pushing out toward
the exterior and hinging at the top. The top sash is fixed. Most windows appear
to have been welded shut, and most are missing some or all hardware. However
enough hardware remains to make replica hardware feasible.

It appears that metal clips were used to hold the glazing in place and glazing
compound applied. The depth of the sash channel is typically 1”, and with minor
modifications the windows will be able to accommodate a standard Insulated
Glazed Unit (IGU).

It is strongly recommended to identify a subcontractor with steel window expe-


rience who can remove a unit to test feasibility of restoration and strategies
for reglazing.

If windows are restored to operability, life safety code may require that limiters
be installed depending on the final height from finished floor to window sill.

Scope of Work:

• Mockup:
◊ Install a mock-up utilizing a restored window, with all flashings and seal-
ants in place. Perform ASTM E1105 water penetration test.
• Remove all windows. Retain windows that can be restored. Replicate and replace
windows that cannot be restored. See schedule below for assumed percentages.
• Remove salvageable hardware from existing windows and reuse for
restored windows.
• For pricing, assume that windows will be restored to operability with 4” limiters.
• For windows that can be restored:
◊ Remove all corrosion and coatings to bare metal.
◊ Install new high performance steel coating. System shall be epoxy primer,
epoxy intermediate coat, and urethane finish coat.
◊ Reglaze windows.
◊ Install any replicated hardware.
◊ Reinstall windows.
• For windows that must be replicated:
◊ Use a historic window as basis for replication.
◊ New window material shall be steel.
◊ Provide high performance steel coating to match system
described above.
◊ Reinstall windows.
• Window trim
◊ Salvage existing wood trim around windows. Assume
10% of windows will still have trim.
◊ After reinstallation of trim, reinstall wood trim. Replicate
new with wood as required (assume 90% of windows).
◊ Window replacement schedule:

12
◊ 2nd Floor
» Replace 10% of units
» Replace 1 sash (lower or upper) on 10% of units
» Replace lower sash hardware on 75% of units
» Replace middle sash hardware on 75% of units
» Replace eyelets on 25% of units
» Replace brackets on 25% of units
◊ 3rd Floor
» Replace 10% of units
» Replace 1 sash (lower or upper) on 10% of units
» Replace lower sash hardware on 75% of units
» Replace middle sash hardware on 100% of units
» Replace eyelets on 25% of units
» Replace brackets on 50% of units
◊ 4th Floor
» Replace 10% of units
» Replace 1 sash (lower or upper) on 10% of units
» Replace lower sash hardware on 100% of units
» Replace middle sash hardware on 100% of units
» Replace eyelets on 100% of units
» Replace brackets on 75% of units
◊ 5th Floor
» Replace 10% of units
» Replace 1 sash (lower or upper) on 10% of units
» Replace lower sash hardware on 75% of units
» Replace middle sash hardware on 100% of units
» Replace eyelets on 25% of units
» Replace brackets on 50% of units
◊ 6th Floor
» Replace 25% of units
» Replace 1 sash (lower or upper) on 10% of units
» Replace lower sash hardware on 75% of units
» Replace middle sash hardware on 100% of units
» Replace eyelets on 100% of units
» Replace brackets on 100% of units
◊ 7th Floor
» Replace 50% of units
» Replace 1 sash (lower or upper) on 10% of units
» Replace lower sash hardware on 75% of units
» Replace middle sash hardware on 100% of units
» Replace eyelets on 100% of units
» Replace brackets on 75% of units
◊ 8th Floor
» Replace 50% of units
» Replace 1 sash (lower or upper) on 10% of units
» Replace lower sash hardware on 100% of units
» Replace middle sash hardware on 100% of units
» Replace eyelets on 100% of units
» Replace brackets on 100% of units
◊ 9th Floor
» Replace 100% of units
◊ 10th Floor
» Replace 100% of units
◊ Penthouse
» Replace 100% of units

13
WINDOW SILLS

There are natural stone sills present on all interior windows.


The type of stone could not be determined in the field. Given
the amount of marble present elsewhere on the building, these
may also be marble. The sills have a reddish pink color. They
are typically 9.25” deep and 1.25” thick, and extend the width of
the window. Several are cracked or missing. Sills with minor
surface damage can be retained.

Scope of work:

• Clean and protect existing, undamaged sills.


• Assume replacement of 50% of sills throughout the building.
• Replacement sills shall be marble (assume Tennessee pink
marble for pricing).

INTERIORS
1ST FLOOR ELEVATOR LOBBY

FLOORS

The flooring in the lobby appears to be black and white marble tiles.

The flooring has a continuous 10” black tile border. The field is
a pattern of 12” square black and white tiles in an alternating
checkerboard pattern.

Scope of work:

• Clean floor.
• Replace 5% of floor tiles.
• Grind, hone, polish, and buff floor.
WALLS

The typical wall finish in this space is white marble, with scagliola
base throughout. One door has a surviving scagliola header trim.
There may have been scagliola door jamb trim, as there are 4”
around each door in this space where trim has been demolished.
Walls terminate in a white marble crown molding.

Scagliola is a historic faux material that was used to mimic marble.


It is typically created using gypsum plaster, glue, and pigments.

The north elevator wall is severely damaged, especially adjacent to


the elevator doors. From approximately 8’ above the floor, down to
the floor, there is no finish material surviving. The outer elevator
doors have been removed along with any associated trim. The
scagliola headers have been removed from all three elevators,
as well as the faceplates of the elevator indicator lights.

Elevator light sconce rough-ins remain, but the covers are missing and it is impossible to know what the historic fixtures were.

14
There is some wall finish material stored in the northeast corner of the corridor, however much of it appears to be chipped
or cracked and it cannot be assumed that any of this material will be fit for reuse.

The south wall has several openings that will housed fire equipment, electrical panels, etc. All corroded metal should be
removed from these openings. They can be reused for other purposes or covered.

Scope of work:

• Capacity of remaining structural clay tile (SCT) must be evaluated by a struc-


tural engineer.
• If the existing SCT can remain in-place, segments must be infilled.
• For scagliola to be replicated, a specialty contractor will be required. Marezzo is an
example of a company still producing scagliola today - http://www.marezzo.com/.
• Refer to drawings for additional work.
ELEVATOR DOORS

The historic elevator outer doors are missing. The interior doors are extremely corroded.

Scope of work:

• Remove the remaining elevator doors and accessories.


CEILINGS

The historic ceiling in the elevator lobby is vaulted, with plaster base finish, and a regular
pattern of plaster ribs and octagonal medallions that have been painted a gold color.
Some of the medallions have become dislodged and fallen to the floor below. The entire
ceiling is in need of rehabilitation.

The ceiling in the west entrance lobby is also vaulted, but not as ornate as the elevator
lobby. Eight plaster ribs spring from above the surrounding walls and meet in the center
of the ceiling in an octagonal feature where a light fixture previously hung. The light
fixture does not survive.

Scope of work:

• Carefully remove and retain all plaster medallions.


• Assume that 75% of medallions will require replication.
• Repair damaged areas of ceiling (refer to drawings) and install new plaster.
• Skim coat all plaster surfaces between ribs.
• Replicate and reinstall deteriorated plaster ribs. Assume 50% replication.
• Reinstall salvaged medallions and replicated medallion.
• Paint ceilings.
STAIRS

BASEMENT TO 2ND FLOOR

The historic lobbies include a stair that connects the basement, 1st floor, and 2nd floor.
The tread depth averages 9 inches and the riser height varies between 7-1/2 and 8 inches,
meaning that the stair does not comply with life safety code and cannot be used as a
means of egress. The stair from 1st floor to 2nd floor is also very narrow.

Treads are white marble, worn from years of use. Several treads have been damaged
or are missing.

15
Risers are scagliola. All risers appear to be intact.

Scope of work:

• Clean risers.
• Refer to drawings for tread and handrail replacement.
UPPER FLOOR ELEVATOR LOBBY AND CORRIDOR
(FLOORS 2-10)

FLOORS

Floors throughout all upper floor lobbies are gray marble


tile with 6-1/4” tall gray marble base. This material
appears to be intact on all floors.

Perimeter flooring is terrazzo. Some terrazzo has


been trenched.

Scope of work:

• Clean all floors.


• Salvage all wood base for reuse. Assume 25% of wall
length (both exterior walls and corridor walls).
• Grind, hone, polish, and buff marble floors.
WALLS

Walls are constructed of 6” thick structural clay tile with


¼” thick vitreous tile finish on the lobby side. The tile was
manufactured by “Vitrolite” and is no longer available. The
typical field tile is white in color and 22” x 11”, though this
varies considerably across the wall. Each door (including
elevator doors) has a 5” wide cream color vitreous tile surround. There is a 1-3/4”
“picture rail” element around the corridor and elevator lobby. Refer to drawings for
typical tile configuration.

The vitreous tile was installed using adhesive “biscuits,” which are all failing. Tile is
falling off walls and can be removed from the “biscuits” without damaging the tile.

Scope of work:

• Assume 20% of corridor walls will require metal stud infill where clay tile has been
demolished. Infill assembly will be metal studs and cement board.
• Refer to drawings for quantity of vitreous tile that must be replaced.
• Carefully remove and store all loose vitreous tile from walls. Remove adhesive
“biscuits” from walls and reinstall tile directly to clay tile and infill cement board
using polymer-modified wall tile mortar.

16
DOORS

Corridor and lobby doors are wood veneer. Several have


glass center lites that a frosted in a distinctive “dot” pattern.
Doors have been removed from frames and stored in corri-
dors. However, the doors were stored lying on the floor and
several doors at the bottoms of piles have become warped
or damaged. Assuming 30% of doors will be unusable and
must be replicated.

Hardware is present on many doors and frames, however


hardware all is corroded. Assume all hinges will be
replicated. Door handles are “knob” type and are not
ADA-compliant. ADA requires that alterations to historic
properties shall comply to the maximum extent feasible.
For pricing, assume new operating hardware.

Many doors have transoms. The only floor with surviving


transom glass is the 2nd floor. All other floors must
be reglazed.

Scope of work:

• Assume 30% of doors must be replicated.


• Sand and seal all existing door frames.
• Sand and seal all existing doors. Install new hardware
and rehang doors.
• Clean transom glass on 2nd floor, taking care to preserve historic lettering.
• Reglaze all transoms on floors 3 through 10 inclusive.
• Refer to drawings for additional information.
CEILINGS

All lobby and corridor ceilings have been demolished. From


photographs these were simple plaster ceilings with metal crown
molding. The metal crown molding has been stored on-site, but is
highly corroded and is unlikely to be reinstalled.

The bulkhead separating the corridor and elevator lobby is clad


in white vitreous tiles, which have metallic (likely bronze) “flower”
fasteners, two between each set of tiles. There are also two bulk-
heads at the east and west end of the corridor which have been
clad in white vitreous tile with the “flower” fasteners.

Scope of work:

• Install new plaster ceilings in corridor and lobby.


• Replicate and install metal crown molding.
• Remove all existing vitreous tile from bulkheads and reinstall
with polymer-modified mortar appropriate for overhead installation.
• Refer to drawings for quantity of bulkhead vitreous tile to be replaced. Provide simple brass “buttons” where the historic
“flower” elements are missing.

17
ELEVATORS

Elevator lobby doors appear have all been demolished.


The elevator cabs are still in-place, along with shaft
doors and associated equipment. The elevator cabs
have historic woodwork inside, particularly a “Ramsay-
McCormack” seal that could be reused or replicated for
the new elevators.

Scope of work:

• Salvage wood work from interior of historic elevator


cabs. Demolish cabs.
• Demolish shaft doors and all associated equipment.

18
MW / DAVIS DUMAS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
2720 3RD AVENUE SOUTH PHONE: (205) 252-0246
BIRMINGHAM, AL 35233 FAX: (205) 251-8506

July 7, 2016

RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING


PLUMBING NARRATIVE

CODES:

All plumbing work shall comply with the following:

 International Plumbing Code 2015


 ADA Standards for Accessible Design 2010

SCOPE OF WORK

1. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary for the completion of all
Plumbing work, complete and ready for operation, consisting in general of the following:

A. Removal of all existing sanitary drain, waste and vent piping, domestic water
piping, storm water piping and roof drains, and all plumbing fixtures.
B. A system of sanitary drain, waste, and vent piping
C. A system of domestic water piping
D. A system of roof drains and storm water piping
E. Elevator sump pumps and oil separation (as required)
F. A basement sump pump system to remove ground water infiltration.
G. Provide plumbing fixtures and equipment as shown on drawings.

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM:

Piping shall be service weight cast iron above grade (hubless pipe and fittings above grade), or
DWV copper. Piping shall be PVC –DWV with solvent weld joints below grade. Include floor
drains for restrooms, mechanical rooms, and janitor’s closets.

STORM WATER SYSTEM:

Piping shall be heavy weight cast iron above grade (hubless pipe and fittings above grade).
Piping shall be PVC –DWV with solvent weld joints below grade. Include roof drains and
overflow drains and associated piping.

DOMESTIC WATER:

Page 1 of 3
MWDDA 217003
RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
PLUMBING NARRATIVE
July 7, 2017

Piping shall be fiberglass insulated type L (type K outside) hard copper with wrought copper
fittings. Provide water distribution piping within building to all fixtures and equipment. Bronze
ball valves (2” and smaller) or gate valves/butterfly valves (2-1/2” and larger) are to be used on
the project to isolate fixtures. Water hammer arrestors shall be installed at all toilets and at all
equipment with automatic (solenoid) valves.

Provide a duplex multistage vertical booster pump system as required for demand, complete
with controls and hydromechanical tank (tank on upper floor). Each pump shall be 67% of total
building demand.

DOMESTIC HOT WATER SYSTEM:

Domestic Water Heating shall be provided to the courts area by a 50 gallon electric water
heater. Upper floors will use a 30 gallon electric water heater on every other floor, serving two
floors each. Provide recirculating systems for 140 F to janitor’s sinks, and 120 F to other
fixtures.

FIXTURES:

Provide plumbing fixtures as shown on architectural drawings. Plumbing fixtures shall be


standard commercial grade as follows:

 Security fixtures shall be stainless steel floor mount, hidden flush valves.
 Water Closets are wall hung white vitreous china, electronic flush valve, open front seat,
1.6 gpf.
 Urinals are wall-hung with carrier, white vitreous china, ADA compliant, electronic flush
valve, 3/4" inlet, 0.5 gpf.
 Lavatories are white vitreous china, with overflow, ADA compliant, electronic faucet,
trap, and supplies, 0.5 gpm. Lavatories in public restrooms shall be equipped with point
of use thermostatic mixing valves to meet ASSE 1070.
 Electric water coolers shall be bi-level, wall mount with carrier, stainless steel, must meet
ADA.
 Janitor’s receptors shall be floor mounted, terrazzo, faucet to include integral checks and
stops, splash guard, hose, and mop hanger.

MISCELLANEOUS:

Domestic cold water shall be delivered to wall hydrants around the building at approximately
100’ apart, minimum one on each wall.

It is assumed that a perimeter drain system, if any, will be provided by Civil.

Provide a duplex storm water sump pump system, including sump, pumps, rails, floats, and
control system with alarm. Pumps shall each be capable of 200 gpm at 20 feet of head. Piping
shall be schedule 40 galvanized until returned to gravity drain.

Page 2 of 3
MWDDA 217003
RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
PLUMBING NARRATIVE
July 7, 2017

Provide elevator sump pumps for each pit. Pumps shall be capable of 50 gpm per car. Piping
shall be schedule 40 galvanized until returned to gravity drain. Pumps in pits serving hydraulic
elevators shall discharge indirectly to oil separators prior to returning to gravity drain. Include
floats and all controls.

Page 3 of 3
MWDDA 217003
MW / DAVIS DUMAS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
2720 3RD AVENUE SOUTH PHONE: (205) 252-0246
BIRMINGHAM, AL 35233 FAX: (205) 251-8506

July 7, 2016

RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING


Fire Protection NARRATIVE

Fire protection

 All fire protection work shall comply with applicable state and local codes,
including, but not limited to:

o NFPA 13 – , Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems


o NFPA® 14 -, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose
Systems
o NFPA 20 – , Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire
Protection
o NFPA 24 – , Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service
Mains and Their Appurtenances
o NFPA 101 – Life Safety Code
o NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code
o ASME Code for Pressure Piping
o International Building Code
o International Mechanical Code

 The building will be provided with a wet automatic sprinkler system supplied
by an electric driven horizontal split case fire pump with solid state soft start
with automatic transfer switch. The required capacity is: 1000 GPM at ?? psi, ??
HP, 480 volts, three phase, 60 cycle, 1770 RPM. (PSI and HP to be based on
flow test results)
 The 8” fire service entrance underground piping to start at 5'-0" outside the
building to a point 1'-0" above the floor in the building. Flow requirement is
1000 gpm at ?? psi.

Page 1 of 2
MWDDA 217003
RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
Fire Protection NARRATIVE
July 5, 2017

 Class I standpipes will be provided and supplied by the electric driven


horizontal split case fire pump.
 Floor zone control valves with tamper switch, flow switch, pressure gauge,
check valve and pressure regulator will be provided for each floor.
 A backflow preventer in a vault located outside of the building will need to be
provided by civil to isolate automatic sprinkler system piping in accordance
with local water authority requirements as applicable.
 All flow switches will be interlocked with the building fire alarm system and
annunciated on the enunciator panel.
 All shut-off valves in the system will be of an indicating type and will be
monitored by means of a tamper switch.
 Sprinklers will be (Quick Response) commercial type, U.L. listed and F.M.
approved.
 Sprinklers in elevator shafts and elevator machine rooms will have a
temperature rating of 200°F and coordination will be with electrical for any
required shunt trip.
 All fire protection piping within building will be black steel, fire protection
piping outside building will be ductile iron and all fire protection piping above
ground on outside of building will be galvanized
 Contractor will provide shop drawings, material data and hydraulic calculations.
 Commissioning of the fire protection systems will be implemented to verify the
intent of the design by inspecting and testing the systems.

Page 2 of 2
MWDDA 217003
MW / DAVIS DUMAS & ASSOCIATES, INC.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
2720 3RD AVENUE SOUTH PHONE: (205) 252-0246
BIRMINGHAM, AL 35233 FAX: (205) 251-8506

July 13, 2017

RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING


HVAC NARRATIVE

HVAC EQUIPMENT: The proposed Ramsay McCormack building renovation includes


renovation of the existing 10 level tower, addition of stairs, judge’s elevator, and a
breakroom to each level of the tower, and construction of a single level addition. The
primary HVAC equipment for the upper 9 levels of the tower and the tower basement
will consist of variable refrigerant flow (VRF) heat pump outdoor units (one per floor)
connected to multiple indoor VRF fan coil units on each floor. These heat pump systems
will be capable of simultaneous heating and cooling with refrigerant flow controlled by a
branch circuit controller on each floor. About 50% of the outdoor heat pump units will be
mounted on the single level roof with the remainder on the tower roof.

The single level portion of the building and the first floor of the tower will be conditioned
by 2 or more variable air volume air handling units (AHU) with each unit serving a portion
of the area. The air handling units will be installed in mechanical rooms on the first floor.
The units will have variable speed supply fans serving a variable volume air distribution
system, electric preheat coils, chilled water cooling coils, and MERV 8 pleated filters.
These units will have an air side economizer section. Chilled water for the AHU’s will be
provided by a packaged air cooled chiller located on the single level roof. Pumps,
hydronic specialties, and buffer tank will be designed as part of the chiller package.

AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM: The tower VRF indoor units will be installed above the
ceilings in the conditioned spaces, between the structural beams, and will serve
individual zones. Air distribution ductwork will be smaller than would be required from a
central air handling unit. Supply diffusers in lay-in ceilings will be square louver face
diffusers fitted to the ceiling grid (9”X9” inlet and larger) and surface mounted in
gypboard ceilings or where neck size is less than 9”X9”. If possible the VRF indoor units
will be mounted above lay-in ceilings to allow service access. When mounted above
hard ceilings, access doors in the ceilings will be required.

The single level part of the building and the first floor of the tower will have variable
volume supply air from the variable air volume air conditioning units distributed to
variable air terminal units though externally insulated galvanized steel medium pressure
sheet metal ductwork. Round branch ducts with flex connections will supply air to the
terminal units. The terminal units will modulate the flow of cooled and dehumidified air to
the space through low pressure galvanized sheet metal duct to maintain space
temperature setpoint. When heating is required, electric heaters in the terminal units will

Page 1 of 2
MWDDA 217003
RAMSAY MCCORMACK BUILDING
HVAC NARRATIVE
July 13, 2017

provide heat to the spaces. Return from the spaces will be through a return ceiling
plenum to the return inlets at the AHU’s. Return through partitions in the ceiling plenum
will be through transfer ducts. Supply diffusers in lay-in ceilings will be square louver
face diffusers (9”X9” inlet and above) and surface mounted in gypboard ceilings or
where neck size is less than 9”X9”.

VENTILATION: Outside air for the 10 level building tower will be induced into a roof
mounted heat reclaim unit at a rate to satisfy occupant requirements and makeup air for
exhaust systems. Air will be exhausted from the building by the heat reclaim unit in an
amount to create a slightly positive pressure in the building. Chases will be required
through the 10 levels of the tower for the outside and exhaust air ducted to and from the
heat reclaim unit. Multiple chases will allow each chase to be smaller and may result in
less need to cross the building under low concrete beams. An alternate configuration
would allow the heat reclaim unit to be installed on the single level part of the building.
The chases through the 10 level tower for the outside ventilation air and exhaust air are
required in either case.

When the outside air temperature is below about 50°F, and cooling is required in the first
floor of the building, larger quantities of outside air will be supplied to the AHU’S. This
economizer cycle will allow lower cost space cooling. Exhaust systems will be ducted
from areas requiring exhaust to exhaust fans on the single level roof.

CONTROLS: Controls for the 10 level tower VRF systems will be factory furnished and
interfaced with the building automation system. Each VRF indoor unit will be controlled
by a space mounted sensor.

For the single level part of the building, control of the AHU’s and variable air volume
reheat terminals will be electronic with sensors in the space. The AHU’s will be provided
with electronic controls as a part of the building automation system.

The VRF systems, exhaust systems, heat reclaim system, AHU’s and terminal unit
controls will be connected to a stand-alone, building automation system. Operator
interface with the building automation system for monitoring system operation or
modifying control functions will be by a PC based operator’s station.

STAIR PRESSURIZATION: In the 10 level building tower all the stairwells used for life
safety egress from the building will be pressurized by roof mounted supply fans. The
fans will be started by interlock with the fire alarm system.

SECURE AREAS: All ductwork penetrating walls or ceilings in secure areas will have
security bars if the cross section of the duct exceeds 8”X 8”. The holding cells will have
maximum security grilles and diffusers and the corridors and supervised areas will have
minimum security grilles and diffusers.

Page 2 of 2
MWDDA 217003
HYDE ENGINEERING

Ramsay McCormack Building


Electrical Systems Outline
June 7, 2017

ELECTRICAL SERVICE

The new electrical service will be 277/480 3P, 4W, 2,000A, fed underground from a
transformer. A 600 kW, diesel generator will back up emergency lighting, selected
receptacles and HVAC load and the fire pump. Please refer to riser diagram for power
distribution.

LIGHTING

Lighting in the offices will consist mainly of 2’ x 4’ and 2’ x 2’ dimmable, LED lay-in
fixtures. The court rooms will consist of a combination of architectural pendants, LED
recessed downlights, and LED wall sconces. Strip LED fixtures will be used in service
areas like electrical rooms, janitor’s closet, etc. Exterior lighting consists of LED pole
lighting in parking areas, and architectural, LED wall sconces on the building. In
addition, linear LED exterior fixtures will up lighting the perimeter of the top of the
building

The main lobby will consist of high-end, architectural pendants and wall sconces. The
corridors and elevator lobbies will consist of LED wall sconces with special attention
being paid to installation. Since the original glass wall tile will need to be maintained
with new glass tile filling in where needed.

Lighting controls will consist of a building wide control system with occupancy sensors
used in restrooms, storage, mechanical, and offices. The court rooms, corridors, lobbies
and exterior lighting will be control through the lighting control system.

WIRING DEVICES

Each room will have the appropriate number of duplex receptacles based on occupancy.
Flush mounted floor boxes will also be provided when wall mounting devices is not
feasible. Consideration will need to made when mounting devices to existing exterior
walls since there is limited space in which to run conduit and mounted boxes.

EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
Power will be provided to all equipment including HVAC, plumbing.

TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM

Telephone and data outlets will be provided in the office and courtrooms. A telephone
backboard and security backboard will be provided on each floor. Please refer to
data/comm riser.

CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM

Cable TV outlets will be located in rooms to be determined. Backboards with power will
be provided in selected electrical rooms.

FIRE ALARM

The building will have new fire alarm system with voice evacuation. See fire alarm riser.

END OF OUTLINE SPECIFICATION


RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BUILDING
CORNER OF AVENUE E AND 19TH STREET
ENSLEY, ALABAMA 35217
BHATE PROJECT NO. 9110005
FEBRUARY 18, 2011

LIMITED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SURVEY

CITY OF BIRMINGHAM
DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING, ENGINEERING, & PERMITS
ARCHITECTURE DIVISION
710 20TH STREET NORTH
ROOM 220 - CITY HALL
BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35203

ATTENTION: MR. ANDRE BITTAS, - DIRECTOR

Prepared By:

BHATE ENVIRONMENTAL ASSOCIATES, INC.


1608 13TH AVENUE SOUTH, SUITE 300
BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35205
TELEPHONE: (205) 918-4000
February 18, 2011

City of Birmingham
Department of Planning, Engineering, & Permits
Architecture Division
710 20th Street North
Room 220 - City Hall
Birmingham, Alabama 35203

Attention: Mr. Andre Bittas

Subject: Limited Hazardous Materials Survey


Ramsay-McCormack Building
Corner of Avenue E and 19th Street
Ensley, Alabama 35217
Bhate Project No. 9110005

Dear Mr. Bittas:

Bhate Environmental Associates, Inc. (Bhate) is pleased to submit the following report of the
Limited Hazardous Materials Survey conducted at the Ramsay-McCormack Building located at
Corner of Avenue E and 19th Street in Ensley, Alabama. This survey was conducted in accordance
with Bhate's proposal number 10-1145, dated December 10, 2010.

Bhate appreciates the opportunity to work with you on this project. If you have any questions
regarding the information contained in this report, or if we can be of further service, please do not
hesitate to call.

Respectfully Submitted by,


Bhate Environmental Associates, Inc.

Casey Groce Morgan Cross, REM


Environmental Scientist Environmental Scientist

R. Dyke Whyard, CHMM


Senior Project Manager
R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

LIMITED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SURVEY


RAMSAY - M C CORMACK BUILDING
BHATE PROJECT NO. 9110005

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1   Purpose and Scope of Services ..........................................................1  
2   Project Characteristics.........................................................................2  
3   Sampling Methodologies .....................................................................3  
4   Homogeneous Material Assessment Factors......................................4  
4.1   Homogeneous Areas .................................................................................. 4  
4.2   Asbestos Hazard Assessment Factors....................................................... 4  
4.3   Lead-Based Paint Assessment Factors...................................................... 4  
5   Laboratory Analysis .............................................................................5  
6   Asbestos Sampling Results.................................................................6  
7   Lead-Based Paint Sampling Results .................................................14  
8   Estimation of Quantities.....................................................................17  
9   Potentially Hazardous materials ........................................................19  
9.1   Fluorescent Lights .................................................................................... 19  
9.2   Elevator Motors......................................................................................... 19  
9.3   Mold .......................................................................................................... 19  
10   Current Regulations...........................................................................20  
10.1   Asbestos-Containing Materials ................................................................. 20  
10.2   Lead-Based Paint ..................................................................................... 20  
11   Conclusions and Recommendations .................................................22  
11.1   Asbestos-Containing Materials ................................................................. 22  
11.2   Lead-Based Paint ..................................................................................... 22  
11.3   Other Potentially Hazardous Materials ..................................................... 23  
12   Assumptions and Limitations.............................................................24  
Appendices
A Asbestos Laboratory Analysis Results
B Lead-Based Paint Laboratory Analysis Results

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 i


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

C Figure with Sample Locations and Photographs

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 ii


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF SERVICES


This limited survey is intended for the sole purpose of identifying suspect hazardous materials
including suspect asbestos containing materials (ACMs), lead-based paint (LBP), and other
potentially hazardous materials at the Ramsay-McCormack Building using a limited sampling
program. The subject site consists of a ten-story office building (built in 1929) that is currently
vacant and in severe disrepair. It is located at the corner of Avenue E and 19th Street in Ensley,
Alabama. Specifically, Bhate provided the following services:
1. Identified potential hazardous materials at the subject site;
2. Documented readily apparent and accessible friable and non-friable asbestos-containing
materials (ACMs) and lead-based paint at the subject site;
3. Conducted a visual inspection of the subject site to identify suspect ACMs by an accredited
asbestos inspector and suspect LBP by an accredited lead inspector;
4. Sampled suspect materials, as required;
5. Analyzed those materials suspected of containing asbestos by Polarized Light Microscopy
(PLM) and dispersion staining techniques in accordance with the Environmental Protection
Agency’s (EPA) Bulk Analysis Method 600/M-4-82-020;
6. Analyzed those materials suspected of containing regulated amounts of lead by Flame
Atomic Absorption Analysis (FAA) in accordance with EPA SW846 methods;
7. Provided a description of those materials identified in the structures as containing asbestos
and lead;
8. Prepared a written report documenting the following information:
• Confirmation for the presence of ACMs and LBP in the building at specific sampling
locations
• Estimation of quantities of identified ACMs
• Figures indicating sampling locations
• Identification of potential hazardous materials observed on the site
• Options and recommendations for remediation alternatives related to existing ACMs,
LBP, and identified hazardous materials.
It should be noted that, if any renovation work has been performed at the subject site, suspect
ACMs including floor tile, pipe insulation, drywall, plaster, various mastics, and miscellaneous
other materials may have been concealed under carpet, above suspended ceilings, or in numerous
other locations. It is also not uncommon to find multiple layers of floor tiles and multiple layers
of roofing materials that were not visible during this sampling event. Bhate recommends that if
concealed suspect ACMs are discovered they be sampled and analyzed for asbestos content prior
to any renovation or demolition activities.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 1


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

2 PROJECT CHARACTERISTICS
The subject site consists of one parcel of land developed with the Ramsay-McCormack Building.
The Ramsay-McCormack Building (built in 1929 and renovated in 1970) is a ten-story office
building with a basement and a mechanical penthouse. The structure has been vacant since
1986. The building is in severe disrepair caused by neglect, weathering, and vandalism.
The structure is constructed of a cast-in-place concrete frame with perimeter columns and one
row of interior supports. The frame is filled in with structural clay tile walls and clad in beige
brick. The ground floor is trimmed with brown granite and terra cotta. The roof parapet is also
accented with terra cotta.
The interior of the structure is divided by floors. The ground floor is divided into several former
office/store spaces, which at one time included a bank, several law and doctor offices and a
pharmacy. Floors 2 through 10 have similar interior designs and are divided into offices with a
central hallway. Each floor has restrooms and a mechanical room.
Interior finishes for the structure include ceramic tile, terrazzo tile, marble wall tile, drywall,
plaster, textured wall and ceiling material, carpet, and various types of floor tile and paint coated
surfaces. At the time of the survey, the basement of the structure was flooded with
approximately one foot of water. Two large insulated boilers were observed in the basement.
Several insulated pipe runs were visible in the basement and were identified on all floors in pipe
chases. Also, other unidentified insulated pipes, leading from the basement boiler system were
observed running along the basement ceiling and may be hidden inside the walls of all floors.
It should be noted that the building is in a dilapidated and unsafe condition. Fallen building
material debris was observed in several locations throughout the subject building. Also, due to
the condition of the building, not all areas could be evaluated for suspect material. After
sampling of the 10th floor, a portion of the staircase leading to the 10th floor fell making upper
levels inaccessible.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 2


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

3 SAMPLING METHODOLOGIES
A visual inspection was performed at the subject building. Bulk asbestos samples were obtained
by placing suspected material into individual sample containers for transport to a qualified
laboratory for analysis. All samples were individually identified by a sample number. The
suspect ACMs were numbered and correspond to the sample numbers listed in the Polarized
Light Microscopy (PLM) Analysis Summary located in Appendix A. PLM and dispersion
staining techniques were performed according to the EPA's Bulk Analysis Method EPA 600/M4-
82-020 in an attempt to ascertain asbestos content in those samples analyzed.
LBP sampling was primarily conducted by obtaining paint chip samples from coated surfaces
located at the subject site. Suspect LBP samples were obtained by placing suspect materials into
individual sample containers for transport to an accredited laboratory for analysis. The methods
and protocols published by HUD (Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based
Paint Hazards in Housing, 1997) were followed for paint chip collection. All samples were
individually identified by a sample number that directly corresponds to sample numbers listed in
the Flame Atomic Absorption (FAA) Analysis Summary found in Appendix B. All paint chip
samples were analyzed by using FAA in accordance with the EPA SW846 method, as
recommended by HUD.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 3


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

4 HOMOGENEOUS MATERIAL ASSESSMENT


FACTORS
4.1 Homogeneous Areas
Before collecting samples, distinct homogeneous sampling areas and specific sampling sites
were determined. A homogeneous sampling area can be described as any material of the same
type. In other words, a homogeneous sampling area is uniform throughout in structure or
makeup and appearance (color, texture, and/or date of construction/application). Homogeneous
areas can be further classified as surfacing material, thermal system insulation, and
miscellaneous materials. Samples were collected of specific homogeneous material identified.
4.2 Asbestos Hazard Assessment Factors
Friability was determined each time a suspect ACM was sampled. Friable means that the
material can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure when dry. Also,
materials thought to be and typically classified as non-friable may receive a reclassification of
friable if the material is damaged. Friable ACM has been determined by the EPA and
Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) to be more hazardous than non-friable
ACM. Friable material can create a situation of airborne asbestos fibers more readily than non-
friable materials. In assessing the fiber release potential, only the current conditions of all ACM
identified were noted.
Only materials readily accessible within the specific project area were evaluated. Materials that
were hidden and/or not accessible were not evaluated as part of this sampling event. These
hidden and/or inaccessible materials should be analyzed if they are located during any renovation
or demolition activities. Materials visibly identified as non-asbestos (fiberglass, foam rubber,
wood, etc.) were not sampled.
4.3 Lead-Based Paint Assessment Factors
Paint condition (based on the amount of chipping and peeling) was classified as intact, fair, or
poor each time a painted surface was sampled. Due to the severe disrepair of the building, all
paint chip samples were classified as poor condition. Also, evidence of physical and/or water
damage, material type, and accessibility were identified so a material damage evaluation could
be determined. These observations were applied to each homogeneous area as a single unit and
not to the immediate area around any one sample.
Only materials readily accessible within the specific project area were evaluated. Materials that
were hidden and/or not accessible were not evaluated as part of this survey. These hidden and/or
inaccessible materials should be analyzed if they are located during any renovation or demolition
activities.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 4


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

5 LABORATORY ANALYSIS
All bulk suspect asbestos samples were analyzed by a qualified laboratory using Polarized Light
Microscopy with dispersion staining techniques. PLM and dispersion staining techniques were
performed according to the EPA's Bulk Analysis Method EPA 600/M4-82-020 in an attempt to
ascertain asbestos content in those samples analyzed. These techniques require that a part of the
bulk sample be subjected to an oil of specific refractive index once mounted on a slide. This
prepared slide is then subjected to a number of optical tests. Each type of asbestos displays
unique characteristics when subjected to these tests. Percentages of asbestos content are then
determined by visual estimation.
Any material containing greater than one percent of any type of asbestos that is friable or may
become friable by the forces expected to act on the material during certain activities, is classified
as RACM by the EPA. It should be noted that OSHA defines an asbestos-containing material
(ACM) to be a material containing any amount of asbestos. According to the EPA, OSHA,
United Stated Department of Transportation (USDOT), and other federal, state, and/or local
government agencies, any material classified as ACM must be handled accordingly.
All suspect lead-based paint chip samples were analyzed by using FAA in accordance with the
EPA SW846 methods, as recommended by HUD. The sample results having a lead content
equal to or greater than the regulatory limit of 0.5% lead by weight are identified as positive (i.e.
lead-based paint).

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 5


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

6 ASBESTOS SAMPLING RESULTS


The following table describes the sample number, sample location, type of material, asbestos
content, friability, and condition for each of the 71 samples (83 individual layers) from 43
homogenous areas collected on January 24 and 25, 2011. Friability is described if the sample
was shown to contain asbestos and is described based on the current condition of the material. A
copy of the laboratory testing and analysis data is included in Appendix A of the report.
Photographs of positive sample locations are included in the figures included as Appendix C.
The sampling locations are provided in the table. It should be noted that Bhate assigned names
to certain rooms and areas of the subject residence based on their observed previous use to aid in
the sample location description. During laboratory sample preparation, if multiple layers of the
individual samples were encountered, the laboratory would analyze each layer separately.
Parties reviewing this document should use Table 1 in conjunction with the detailed text
sample descriptions following Table 1. Table 1 must not be the sole reference used in order
to describe the materials sampled. The condition of the material was determined at the
time of sampling. Bold type indicates an asbestos-containing sample.

Table 1. Asbestos Sampling Results

Sample No. Location Type of Material Results Friability1 Condition2

Roof

1-RT1-1 Roof Black roof tar None Detected Non-friable Poor

2-RF1-1 Roof Parapet Grey flashing 19% Chrysotile Category I Poor

3-RF2-1 Roof Parapet Black flashing 19% Chrysotile Category I Poor

Mechanical Penthouse

4-PH-PL1-1 Penthouse Plaster wall None Detected Friable Poor

5-PH-BM1-1 Penthouse Brick mortar None Detected Non-friable Poor

10th Floor

Hallway wall
6-10-WI1-1 Electrical wire wrap None Detected Non-friable Poor
electrical outlet

North End
7-10-PM1-1 Room 2 – In “Pyrobar” block mortar None Detected Non-friable Poor
wall

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 6


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

Table 1. Asbestos Sampling Results

Sample No. Location Type of Material Results Friability1 Condition2

North End
8-10-PB1-1 Room 2 – In White “pyrobar” block None Detected Non-friable Poor
wall

9-10-PL1-2 Room 5 Wall plaster None Detected Friable Poor

Aircell pipe insulation on


10-10-AC1-1 Room 5 52% Chrysotile Friable Poor
vertical metal pipe

11-10-WC1-1 Room 6 Exterior window caulk 4% Chrysotile Friable Poor

Dot mastic associated with


12-10-DM1-1 Hall None Detected Non-friable Poor
marble wall tile

13-10-FD1-1 Hall Flooring debris 29% Chrysotile Friable Poor

9th Floor

14-9-FD1-2 Room 6 Flooring debris 29% Chrysotile Friable Poor

Dot mastic associated with


15-9-DM1-2 Hall None Detected Non-friable Poor
plaster and marble wall tile

16-9-PL1-3 Room 8 Plaster wall None Detected Friable Poor

8th Floor

17-8-TC1-1 Room 5 Textured ceiling material 26% Chrysotile Friable Poor

18-8-WT1-1 Room 6 Textured wall material 26% Chrysotile Friable Poor

White duct tape on metal


19-8-DT1-1 Room 16 26% Chrysotile Friable Poor
ducts

Dot mastic associated with


20-8-DM1-3 Hall None Detected Non-friable Poor
marble wall tile

20-8-DW1-1 Room 16 Drywall None Detected Friable Poor

21-8-PI1-1 Room 8 Vertical pipe wrap 69% Chrysotile Friable Poor

7th Floor

22-7-WI1-2 Room 8 Textured wall material 26% Chrysotile Friable Poor

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 7


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

Table 1. Asbestos Sampling Results

Sample No. Location Type of Material Results Friability1 Condition2

23-7-PM1-2 Room 6 “Pyrobar” block mortar None Detected Non-friable Poor

24-7-PB1-2 Room 6 White “pyrobar” block None Detected Non-friable Poor

25-7-DT2-1 Duct in Hall Cream duct tape 69% Chrysotile Friable Poor

26-7-FD1-2 Room 10 Flooring debris 29% Chrysotile Friable Poor

27-7-WI1-2 Room 12 Electrical wire wrap None Detected Non-friable Poor

Dot mastic associated with


28-7-DM1-4 Hall None Detected Non-friable Poor
marble wall tile

6th Floor

29-6-FT1-1 9” x 9” Red Floor tile 9% Chrysotile


Room 12 Category I Poor
29-6-FT1-1A Black mastic None Detected

30-6-FT2-1 9” x 9” Green Floor tile 12% Chrysotile


Room 12 Category I Poor
30-6-FT2-1A Black mastic None Detected

31-6-FT1-2 9” x 9” Red Floor tile 9% Chrysotile


Room 10 Category I Poor
31-6-FT1-2A Black mastic 9% Chrysotile

32-6-FT2-2 9” x 9” Green Floor tile 12% Chrysotile


Room 10 Category I Poor
32-6-FT2-2A Black mastic 9% Chrysotile

33-6-PI2-1 Room 8 Vertical pipe insulation 69% Chrysotile Friable Poor

33-6-PL1-3 Hall Plaster None Detected Friable Poor

33-6-WC1-3 Room 3 Exterior window caulk 4% Chrysotile Category II Poor

5th Floor

34-5-WC1-3 Room 11 Exterior window caulk 2% Chrysotile Friable Poor

35-5-WT1-3 Room 10 Textured wall material 26% Chrysotile Friable Poor

36-5-TC1-2 Room 4 Textured ceiling material None Detected Friable Poor

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 8


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

Table 1. Asbestos Sampling Results

Sample No. Location Type of Material Results Friability1 Condition2

Plaster type textured ceiling


37-5-TC2-1 Room 1 None Detected Friable Poor
material

38-5-DT2-2 Room 8 White duct tape 69% Chrysotile Friable Poor

39-5-PB1-3 Room 11 White “pyrobar” block None Detected Non-friable Poor

40-5-PM1-3 Room 11 “Pyrobar” block mortar None Detected Non-friable Poor

4th Floor

41-4-DT2-3 Room 15 White duct tape 69% Chrysotile Friable Poor

42-4-FT3-1 9” x 9” Brown floor tile 9% Chrysotile


Room 2 Category I Poor
42-4-FT3-1A Black mastic 9% Chrysotile

3rd Floor

43-3-WC1-4 Room 6 Exterior window caulk None Detected Non-friable Poor

44-3-LN1-1 Room 4 Brown linoleum None Detected Non-friable Poor

45-3-WI1-3 Hall Wiring wrap None Detected Non-friable Poor

Dot mastic associated with


46-3-DM1-3 Hall None Detected Non-friable Poor
marble wall tile

47-3-WP1-1 Room 5 Textured green wall paint None Detected Friable Poor

48-3-FT4-1 9” x 9” Tan floor tile 9% Chrysotile


Room 10 Category I Poor
48-3-FT4-1A Black mastic 9% Chrysotile

2nd Floor

49-2-DW1-1 Room 5 Drywall None Detected Friable Poor

50-2-CI1-1 Tar Black tar None Detected Non-friable Poor

50-2-CI1-1 Hall
Cork Brown cork pipe insulation None Detected Non-friable Poor

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 9


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

Table 1. Asbestos Sampling Results

Sample No. Location Type of Material Results Friability1 Condition2

1St Floor

51-1-FT5-1 12” x 12” Tan floor tile None Detected


Room 504 Category I Poor
51-1-FT5-1A Black mastic 9% Chrysotile

Mud associated with white


52-1-MM1-1 Stair landing None Detected Non-friable Poor
marble tile

White pipe wrap /elbow


53-1-PI2-1 Stair wall 69% Chrysotile Friable Poor
insulation

54-1-FT6-1 9” x 9” Off-white floor tile 4% Chrysotile


Room 502 Category I Poor
54-1-FT6-1A Black mastic 9% Chrysotile

55-1-CT2-1 Room 502 2’ x 4’ Ceiling tile None Detected Friable Poor

56-1-CT2-2 Room 500 2’ x 4’ Ceiling tile None Detected Friable Poor

57-1-FT7-1 9” x 9” Tan floor tile 9% Chrysotile


Room 500 Category I Poor
57-1-FT7-1A Black mastic 9% Chrysotile

58-1-FT8-1 9” x 9” Dark grey floor tile 9% Chrysotile


Room 1825 Category I Poor
58-1-FT8-1A Black mastic 9% Chrysotile

Room 500 on
159-1-PW1-1 Grey pipe wrap 69% Chrysotile Friable Poor
floor

Hall near stair


60-1-PL1-4 Plaster wall None Detected Friable Poor
to basement

On floor at
68-1-FD1-3 Floor debris 69% Chrysotile Friable Poor
elevators

Basement

61-B-CL1-1 Column Column skim coat and plaster None Detected Friable Poor

62-B-SK1-1 Wall at stairs Wall skim coat None Detected Friable Poor

63-B-SK1-2 Wall at stack Wall skim coat None Detected Friable Poor

Ceiling near
64-B-DM1-1 Dot mastic None Detected Non-friable Poor
stack

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 10


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

Table 1. Asbestos Sampling Results

Sample No. Location Type of Material Results Friability1 Condition2


64-B-DM1-1A 1’ x 1’ Ceiling tile None Detected

65-B-FT9-1 Basement Red floor tile (size unknown) 9% Chrysotile


Category I Poor
65-B-FT9-1A (under water) Black mastic 9% Chrysotile

66-B-SW1-1 Chimney Stack Stack wrap insulation None Detected Friable Poor

9% Chrysotile
67-B-BI1-1 Boiler Boiler insulation Friable Poor
20% Amosite
1
Friability was determined according to a material’s current condition.
Friable: Materials that can be crumbled, crushed, or pulverized under hand pressure
Non-Friable: Materials that do not meet the definition of friable
Category I Non-Friable: Non-friable ACMs such as gaskets, valve packings, resilient vinyl floor covering (floor
tile and linoleum), and asphalt roofing material
Category II Non-Friable: Includes all other non-friable ACMs
2
It should be noted that the condition of the materials sampled is based on the top layer of the sampled materials only
at the time of sampling.

It should be noted that EPA defines RACM as any material having greater than 1% asbestos
content that is friable or may become friable by the forces expected to act on the material during
certain activities.
It should be noted that the condition listed for each material was based on observations at
the time of the sampling event. The condition of the material may change over time due to
various factors such as moisture and disturbance.
Based on the laboratory analysis results, 23 of the 53 homogenous areas were identified as
containing asbestos. These asbestos-containing materials (ACM) are as follows:
A. Friable ACM
Bhate’s inspection identified friable asbestos-containing homogenous materials. These materials
are listed in detail below:
• Pipe insulation on runs and elbows (homogenous areas AC1, PI1, and PI2) was
identified as having asbestos content ranging from 52% to 69% Chrysotile asbestos.
These materials were observed in vertical pipe chases running through all floors. Also,
various insulated pipe runs were observed above the hard ceiling near the bathrooms on
all floors. Pipes appear to begin in at the basement boilers, run through each floor and
terminate in the penthouse. All pipe insulation was noted to be in poor condition.
• Flooring debris (homogenous areas FD1 and FD2) was identified as containing either
29% or 69% Chrysotile asbestos. All floors throughout the building were covered with
debris from delaminated wall and ceiling textures and damaged pipe insulation.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 11


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

• Textured material on plaster walls and ceilings (homogenous areas TC1 and WT1)
was identified as containing 26% Chrysotile asbestos. This material was observed on the
interior walls and ceilings of Floors 2 thorough 8. This material has delaminated and
been tracked throughout the building. The material was noted to be in poor condition.
• White and cream colored duct tape (homogenous areas DT1 and DT2) was identified
as containing either 26% or 69% Chrysotile asbestos. This material was observed on
metal duct accessible in the mechanical rooms of each floor. Some duct work was
observed on the floor in the 5th floor hallway. This material was observed to be in poor
condition.
• Grey pipe wrap (homogenous area PW1) was identified as containing 69% Chrysotile
asbestos. This material was observed on the 1st floor in Rooms 500 and 502, as well as
on the floor near the stair landing and elevator lobby. The insulation was also observed
on ceiling pipes in the basement. This material was observed to be in poor condition.
• Boiler insulation (homogenous area BI1) was identified as containing 9% Chrysotile and
20% Amosite asbestos. This material was observed on two large boilers and the pipe
leading to and from the boilers in the basement. This material was observed to be in poor
condition.
B. Non-Friable ACM
Bhate’s inspection identified .non-friable asbestos-containing homogenous materials. These
materials are listed in detail below:
• Grey flashing (homogenous area RF1) and Black flashing (homogenous area RF2) were
identified as containing 19% Chrysotile asbestos. These materials were observed on the
roof parapet and were observed to be in poor condition.
• Exterior window caulk (homogenous area WC1) was identified as containing either 2%
or 4% Chrysotile asbestos. This material was observed on the exterior windows of the
building and was observed to be in poor condition.
• Various colors of 9-inch by 9-inch floor tile and associated black mastics were
identified as having asbestos content ranging from 4% to 12% Chrysotile asbestos.
Associated homogenous areas include FT1, FT2, FT3, FT4, FT6, FT7, FT8, and FT9.
These materials were observed on the south end of the 6th floor, two offices (Room 4 and
10) on the 4th floor, Rooms 500 and 502 on the 1st floor, Room 1825 on the 1st floor, and
in the basement. These materials were noted to be in poor condition.
• Black mastic associated with 12-inch by 12-inch tan floor tile (homogenous area FT5)
was identified as containing 9% Chrysotile asbestos. This floor tile was observed on the
first floor in Room 504. The associated floor tile appeared to be in poor condition.

C. Non ACM
Test procedures did not detect asbestos in the remaining samples obtained from the subject site.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 12


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

D. Materials Not Sampled


• Approximately thirty elevator doors were observed in conjunction with three elevator
shafts that are located in the central part of the building. Typically elevator doors are fire
rated and contain a fire-retardant material beneath the metal exterior. The doors should be
considered asbestos-containing unless the metal exterior is cored and the material inside
is sampled and analyzed for asbestos.
Bhate recommends that if hidden suspect-materials are revealed during renovation and
demolition activities, that those materials be tested for asbestos content.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 13


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

7 LEAD-BASED PAINT SAMPLING RESULTS


A limited lead-based paint sampling event was conducted at the subject site by Bhate on January
24 and 25, 2011. A visual inspection of painted surfaces was conducted at the subject site. Paint
chips were collected of paint coatings that exhibited typical properties of lead-based paint. The
following table describes the 30 paint chip samples collected from all floors at the subject site.
Copies of the laboratory reports and the chain of custody forms are included in Appendix B. The
results are expressed in percent by weight for each sample.

Table 2. Paint Chip Sampling Results

% Lead
Sample No. Sample Location Substrate Paint Color Condition
Concentration

Penthouse

LBP-1 Interior wall Brick Brown Poor 1.9 %

LBP-2 Interior wall Brick White Poor 1.6 %

LBP-3 Wood beam Wood Brown Poor 1.2 %

LBP-4 Interior wall Plaster Yellow Poor 0.97 %

10th Floor

LBP-5 Interior wall – Room 5 Plaster Green Poor 1.0 %

7th Floor

LBP-6 Pipe – Room 14 Metal Brown Poor 0.25 %

LBP-7 Interior wall – Room 13 Plaster Tan Poor 0.69 %

LBP-8 Stairwell door Metal Black Poor 1.2 %

LBP-9 Stairwell interior wall Plaster Off white Poor 1.1 %

LBP-10 Ceiling - hall Plaster White Poor 0.53 %

6th Floor

LBP-11 Interior wall – Room 5 Plaster Cream Poor 0.32 %

LBP-12 Floor debris – Hall Terrazzo Multiple colors Poor 0.44 %

LBP-13 Interior wall – Room 2 Plaster Dark green Poor 1.1 %

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 14


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

Table 2. Paint Chip Sampling Results

% Lead
Sample No. Sample Location Substrate Paint Color Condition
Concentration

Elevator equipment room Poor


LBP-14 Metal Green/ Black 1.3 %
door

5th Floor

LBP-15 Bathroom stall – Room 15 Metal Brown/ white Poor 1.6 %

Plaster with
LBP-16 Ceiling – Room 5 White Poor 0.018 %
texture

LBP-17 Wall - Hall - Plaster Tan / olive Poor 0.17 %

4th Floor

LBP-18 Interior wall – Room 6 Plaster Light green Poor 0.48 %

3rd Floor

Bright green /
LBP-19 Interior wall – Room 6 Plaster Poor 0.51 %
blue

LBP-20 Interior wall – Room 5 Plaster Green / tan Poor 0.47 %

LBP-21 Interior wall – Room 3 Plaster Yellow Poor 0.59 %

window ledge debris – Room Multiple


LBP-22 Metal Poor 0.64 %
2 colors

1st Floor

Bottom of stair well – stair


LBP-23 Metal Brown Poor 0.63%
riser

LBP-24 Stair hand rail Metal Black Poor 0.53%

Stairs leading to 1st floor -


LBP-25 Plaster Brown / white Poor 1.1%
wall

LBP-26 Hall pipe chase Brick Olive / white Poor 0.15%

LBP-27 Interior wall - Room 502 Plaster Tan Poor 0.14%

LBP-28 Interior wall - Room 500 Plaster Off-white Poor 0.27%

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 15


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

Table 2. Paint Chip Sampling Results

% Lead
Sample No. Sample Location Substrate Paint Color Condition
Concentration

LBP-29 Interior wall - Room 504 Plaster Blue Poor 0.21%

LBP-30 Column - Basement Plaster White Poor 0.023%

Bold print indicates regulated lead-based paint

The sample results having a lead content equal to or greater than 0.5% by weight lead, as
measured by Flame Absorption Analysis Technique, are identified as positive (i.e. lead-based
paint). Sample locations are included in the figures included as Appendix C.
Based on the results, 18 of 30 the samples collected contain regulated amounts of lead. It should
be noted that not all paint surfaces were sampled for lead-based paint during this survey.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 16


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

8 ESTIMATION OF QUANTITIES
The following information consists of the estimated size of each asbestos-containing area and
lead-based paint coated area based on observations made by Bhate during the January 24 and 25,
2011, sampling event. The quantities presented below are an approximation based on materials
that were visible and accessible at the time of the site visit. Materials that were hidden behind
walls, above ceilings, or in concealed pipe chases are not included in the estimated
quantities provided. The “approximate areas” column below denotes the approximate size of
the room in which the asbestos-containing materials were identified or the observed quantity of
the material.

Table 3. Estimated Asbestos and Lead-Based Paint Quantities

Homogenous Approximate
Type of Material Material Locations Friable
Area Areas

Asbestos Quantities

RF1 and RF2 Black and grey flashing Roof Parapet Category I 500 linear feet

WC1 Window caulk Exterior windows Category II All windows

Miscellaneous floor
FD1 and FD2 Throughout building Friable 50,000 square feet
debris
Wall and ceilings of Floors 2
TC1 and WT1 Wall and ceiling texture Friable 30,000 square feet
through 8
Pipe chases, above ceilings
PI1 and PI2 Pipe insulation Friable 2,500 linear feet
and in basement
6th floor, 4th floor, and 3rd floor
FT1, FT2, FT3,
Various floor tiles and offices; First floor all former
FT4, FT6, FT7, Category I 2,500 square feet
black mastics store / office areas, and the
FT8, and FT9
basement
Pipe chases, on floor on 1st
Pipe elbows, pipe floor hall and Room 500, at 15 Elbows and
PW1 and AC1 Friable
wraps, and joints spiral stair case in Room 1825, joints
and in basement
White and cream duct On all floors - metal duct work
DT1 and DT2 Friable 250 linear feet
tape in mechanical rooms
2 boilers
BI1 Boiler insulation Basement Friable
(1,200 square feet)

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 17


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

Table 3. Estimated Asbestos and Lead-Based Paint Quantities

Homogenous Approximate
Type of Material Material Locations Friable
Area Areas

N/A Fire doors Three elevators, all floors Category I 30 doors

Lead-Based Paint Quantities


Throughout
LBP-1 Brown paint Penthouse – brick walls N/A
Penthouse
Throughout
LBP-2 White paint Penthouse – brick walls N/A
Penthouse
Throughout
LBP-3 Brown paint Penthouse – wood beam N/A
Penthouse
Throughout
LBP-4 Yellow paint Penthouse – plaster walls N/A
Penthouse
LBP-5 Green paint 10th floor – plaster walls N/A Rooms 5 and 6
Rooms 11, 12, 13,
LBP-7 Tan paint 7th floor – plaster walls N/A
5 and 6
LBP-8 Black paint 7th floor – stairwell door N/A All stairwell doors
th
LBP-9 Off white paint 7 floor – stairwell wall N/A All stairwell walls
Throughout
LBP-10 White paint 7th floor – hall ceiling N/A
building
LBP-13 Dark Green paint 6th floor – plaster wall N/A Room 2
th
6 floor – mechanical room All mechanical
LBP-14 Black/Green paint N/A
door room doors
LBP-15 Brown/White paint 5th floor – restroom stall N/A All stall walls
Bright green / blue
LBP-19 3rd floor – plaster wall N/A Room 6
paint
LBP-21 Yellow paint 3rd floor – plaster wall N/A Room 3
rd
LBP-22 Multiple colors paint 3 floor – window sill N/A All window sills
LBP-23 Brown paint Stair riser N/A All stair risers
LBP-24 Black paint Stair hand rails N/A All stair hand rails
All first floor
LBP-25 Brown/white paint Plaster walls N/A
plaster walls
It should be noted that these areas are based on Bhate’s observations and are approximate. Quantity estimations do
not reflect pipes hidden behind walls or above ceilings. If the material is planned for removal, the contractor must
visit the site and perform an independent measurement of the quantities. Bhate is not responsible for any
discrepancies in the estimation of quantities of materials.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 18


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

9 POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS


Besides ACMs and LBP, other potentially hazardous materials were noted at the subject site
during Bhate’s site visit on January 24 and 25, 2011. These materials are discussed in the
sections below:
9.1 Fluorescent Lights
Bhate observed several fluorescent light fixtures and bulbs at the subject site. Typically,
fluorescent light fixture ballasts manufactured prior to July 2, 1979, contain PCBs and may
require special handling. Similarly, fluorescent light bulbs may require special handling. Bhate
recommends that if fluorescent light fixtures will be removed throughout the building as part of
demolition, then a disposal program should be developed in accordance with current applicable
regulations.
9.2 Elevator Motors
There are three inoperable elevator motors in the building. Large elevator motors associated with
the elevators are located in the roof penthouse. Labels associated with the elevators fluid reservoir
did not give the PCB content if any. An oily sheen was observed in the water located in the flooded
elevator shafts.
9.3 Mold
Bhate did not discover any apparent areas of mold growth. There were parts of each floor that
contained visual evidence of water intrusion; however, active mold growth was not identified at
the time of the survey.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 19


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

10 CURRENT REGULATIONS
10.1 Asbestos-Containing Materials
It is our understanding that the subject structure is planned to be renovated. Test procedures
identified various floor tiles and associated mastics, textured material on ceiling and wall plaster,
debris on the floors, boiler insulation, duct tape, pipe and pipe elbow insulation, window caulk,
and roof flashing that will require abatement prior to the renovated of the structure.
Current regulations require removal of ACMs from facilities that conduct activities that can
damage or disturb ACMs. These activities include renovation or demolition work. When
disturbing in-place asbestos, OSHA asbestos regulations (29 CFR 1910 and 1926) and the
National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPS) asbestos regulations (40
CFR Part 61, Subpart M), should be followed.
NESHAPS (40 CFR Part M, Amended 20 November 1990) regulates the removal and disposal
of ACM. This regulation separates ACM into three categories based on the material’s friability
and/or physical condition:
• Regulated ACM (RACM)
• Category I nonfriable ACM
• Category II nonfriable ACM
Category I nonfriable ACM includes gaskets, valve packings, resilient vinyl floor covering (floor
tile and linoleum), and asphalt roofing material containing more than one percent asbestos by
volume. Category II nonfriable ACM is any other nonfriable material with more than one
percent asbestos by volume. An example of a Category II nonfriable material would be asbestos-
cement board (transite). Regulated ACM includes:
• Friable ACM
• Category I nonfriable ACM that has become friable
• Category I nonfriable ACM that will be or has been subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting,
or abrading
• Category II nonfriable ACM that has a high probability of becoming friable or can be
rendered friable by the forces expected to act on the material during demolition activities
By EPA definition, regulated ACMs must be abated by a licensed abatement contractor prior to
any activities which will disturb the materials (such as renovation or demolition) are to occur.
10.2 Lead-Based Paint
Bhate's inspection identified several regulated LBP coatings at the subject site that were in poor
condition.
The primary regulatory agencies that govern LBP are the EPA, OSHA, and HUD. The federal
government has established regulatory compliance rules for the disposition of lead-based paint,

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 20


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

which is paint with a lead content equal to or greater than 0.5% lead by weight or 5,000 mg/kg as
defined by Title X of the 1992 Housing and Community Development Act.
EPA regulations establish training requirements (40 CFR Part 745) for anyone conducting
removal activities as well as disclosure requirements and disposal criteria (classification of
waste, 40 CFR Part 261).
OSHA regulations (29 CFR 1926.62) establish worker protection criteria by establishing an
airborne lead action level (30 µg/m3) and a permissible exposure level (50 µg/m3) averaged over
an 8-hour period. OSHA regulations also require that an exposure assessment be conducted
prior to the disturbance of lead-based paint to evaluate and determine if any employee may be
exposed to lead at or above the action level.
The HUD regulations establish disclosure requirements (24 CFR Part 35) and guidelines for the
evaluation and control of lead-based paint hazards in housing.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 21


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

11 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS


11.1 Asbestos-Containing Materials
It is our understanding that the subject structure is planned to be renovated. Current regulations
require removal of ACMs from facilities where activities that can damage or disturb ACMs may
occur. These activities include renovation work. When disturbing in-place asbestos, OSHA
asbestos regulations (29 CFR Parts 1910 and 1926) and NESHAPS asbestos regulations (40 CFR
Part 61, Subpart M), should be followed.
Based on observations and samples collected at specific locations during the limited asbestos
sampling event conducted by Bhate at the Ramsay-McCormack Building in Ensley, Alabama, on
January 24 and 25, 2011, several materials were identified as containing asbestos and will
require abatement prior to demolition of the structures.
Bhate recommends that if suspect materials that were hidden and/or not accessible during this
sampling event are discovered during any demolition activities at the subject site, the suspect
materials should be analyzed for asbestos content.
11.2 Lead-Based Paint
Many buildings constructed before 1978 have paint that contains lead (referred to as lead-based
paint), with the vast majority of houses and apartments built before 1950 containing substantial
amounts. Lead from paint, chips, and dust can pose serious health hazards if not taken care of
properly.
During Bhate’s inspection it was determined that 18 of the 30 paint chip samples collected and
analyzed were identified as containing regulated levels of lead.
It is Bhate’s understanding that young children will not spend a large amount of time in the areas
identified as containing LBPs. While the main hazards of lead are to children, lead is also
harmful to adults. Adults can suffer from:
• difficulties during pregnancy
• other reproductive problems (in both men and women)
• high blood pressure
• digestive problems
• nerve disorders
• memory and concentration problems
• muscle and joint pain
Adults are exposed to lead by breathing or swallowing lead dust and by ingesting soil or paint
chips containing lead.
There are many options for reducing lead hazards. In most cases, lead-based paint that is in good
condition is not a hazard. Peeling, chipping, chalking, or cracking lead-based paint is a hazard
and needs immediate attention. Lead-based paint may also be a hazard when found on surfaces
that children can chew or that receive a lot of wear and tear. These areas include:

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 22


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

• windows and window sills


• doors and doorframes
• stairs, railings, and banisters
• porches and fences
If, during renovation or further investigation, coatings are uncovered that were not a part of this
sampling event, further evaluation and testing would be required to validate these conclusions.
This limited lead-based paint and asbestos sampling event is not sufficient to establish or
estimate costs of abatement or to identify areas not exposed until abatement, demolition, or
renovation work begins. Further, the sampling event was limited to sampling homogeneous
areas in readily accessible areas. If, during renovation or further investigation, materials are
uncovered that were not a part of this sampling event, further evaluation and testing would be
required to validate these conclusions.
11.3 Other Potentially Hazardous Materials
With respect to the hazards associated with fluorescent light fixtures, Bhate recommends that
during renovation activities, if fluorescent light fixtures will be removed throughout the building
as part of renovation, then a disposal program should be developed in accordance with current
applicable regulations.
Bhate recommends that the elevator motor fluids and the water in the elevator shafts be sampled,
characterized, and disposed of in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 23


R AM SAY - M C C ORM ACK B UILDING L IM ITED H AZARDOUS
E NSLEY , A LABAM A M ATERIALS S URVEY

12 ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS


Bhate notes that this Limited Hazardous Materials Survey was limited to the collection of bulk
samples from readily accessible locations. Laboratory analysis utilizing PLM along with
dispersion staining techniques was used to determine asbestos content in those samples taken.
All paint chip samples were analyzed by using Flame Atomic Absorption in accordance with the
EPA SW846 methods, as recommended by the Department of Housing and HUD.
The results, findings, observations and recommendations expressed in this report are based only
on conditions that were observed during our inspection of the site, conducted on January 24 and
25, 2011. Although care has been taken by Bhate in compiling and checking the information
contained in the report to verify that it is current and accurate, we disclaim any and all liability
for any errors or omissions or inaccuracies. The recommendations provided in this report do not
constitute legal and/or medical advice. It is further understood that Bhate makes no
representations or warranties of any kind, including but not limited to, the warranties of fitness
for a particular purpose or merchantability, nor are such representations or warranties to be
implied with respect to the data furnished. We assume no responsibility with respect to
customers, its employees, client's or customers' use thereof. Bhate, their representative, and this
report make no representation and/or assumptions as to past conditions or future occurrences at
this site. The information provided herein applies only to the subject property as it existed
during our site visit. Should the site's use and/or conditions change, information, observations
and recommendations found herein would no longer apply. This report is intended to be used in
its entirety. No excerpts may be taken to be representative of the findings of this sampling event.
We shall not be liable for any special, consequential and/or exemplary damages resulting, in
whole or in part, from the customer's use of the data provided.
The purpose of this limited sampling survey is to identify suspect materials in specific locations
that may contain asbestos at the residence using a limited sampling program. This limited
sampling event, due to its scope and nature, is not intended to function as a construction and/or
asbestos abatement document. A limited asbestos sampling event is typically not sufficient to
estimate costs of abatement or to obtain access to areas that may not be exposed until work
begins. Further, the limited sampling event includes sampling of homogeneous areas and not
specific sampling at each individual location subject to renovation and/or demolition activities.

Bhate Project No.: 9110005 February 16, 2011 24


ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT   T ECHNICAL   SPECIFICATIONS  
 
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING  
CORNER  OF  AVENUE  E  AND  19TH  STREET  
ENSLEY,  ALABAMA  
 
BHATE  PROJECT  NO:  9130001  
 
 
 
 
 
PREPARED  FOR:  
 
ARCHITECTURE  WORKS  
130  19TH  STREET  SOUTH  
BIRMINGHAM,  ALABAMA  35233  
 
ATTENTION:  MR.  RICHARD  PIGFORD  
 
 
 
June  2013  
 
 
 
Prepared  By:  
 

 
 
th
1608  13  Avenue  South,  Suite  300  
Birmingham,  Alabama  35205  
205-­‐918-­‐4000  Phone  •  205-­‐918-­‐4050  Fax  
1-­‐800-­‐806-­‐4001      •      www.bhate.com  
 
 
    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS

Certification  
 
 
 

This  specification  has  been  prepared  and  reviewed  by:  

     

Dana  C.  Tilton   Signature    


Asbestos  Project  Designer,  APD0313257387    
 

R.  Dyke  Whyard   Signature    


Program  Manager    
 

     
 

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   i  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

Asbestos  Abatement  Technical  Specifications  


Table  of  Contents  
Part  1  -­‐  General  
1.1   RELATED  DOCUMENTS................................................................................... 1  
1.2   BACKGROUND .............................................................................................. 1  
1.3   SUMMARY .................................................................................................... 2  
1.4   PERFORMANCE  REQUIREMENTS..................................................................... 2  
1.5   SCOPE  OF  WORK ........................................................................................... 2  
1.6   LOCATIONS  OF  IDENTIFIED  ACMS ................................................................... 3  
1.7   REGULATIONS ............................................................................................... 4  
1.8   LICENSE  REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................... 5  
1.9   AGENCY  NOTIFICATIONS ................................................................................ 5  
1.10   DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................. 6  
Part  2  -­‐  Project  Execution  
2.1   GENERAL  WORK  REQUIREMENTS ................................................................... 9  
2.2   PROJECT  RECORDS ...................................................................................... 10  
2.3   MATERIALS  AND  EQUIPMENT....................................................................... 13  
2.4   UTILITIES .................................................................................................... 15  
2.5   DECONTAMINATION.................................................................................... 16  
2.6   WORKER  PROTECTION................................................................................. 17  
2.7   EXPERIENCE  AND  QUALIFICATION  REQUIREMENTS ........................................ 17  
2.8   RESPIRATORY  PROTECTION  REQUIREMENTS.................................................. 18  
2.9   WORKER  PROTECTIVE  CLOTHING  AND  EQUIPMENT ....................................... 18  
2.10   AIR  MONITORING  REQUIREMENTS ............................................................... 19  
Part  3  -­‐  Work  Performance  
3.1   GENERAL  WORK  AREA  PREPARATION ........................................................... 19  
3.2   NON-­‐CONTAINED  WORK  AREA  PREPARATION.....................................................20  
3.3   GROSS  REMOVAL  AREA  PREPARATION.......................................................... 20  
3.4   PRE-­‐REMOVAL  INSPECTION.......................................................................... 20  
3.5   MAINTENANCE  OF  CONTAINED  WORK  AREA  AND  DECONTAMINATION  
ENCLOSURE  SYSTEMS .................................................................................. 21  
3.6   REMOVAL  OF  ASBESTOS-­‐CONTAINING  MATERIAL .......................................... 21  
3.7   REMOVAL  OF  ROOFING  MATERIALS  (RF1  and  RF2)......................................... 21  
3.8   REMOVAL  OF  ASBESTOS-­‐CONTAMINATED  DEBRIS  (FD1)................................. 21  
3.9   REMOVAL  OF  SURFACING  MATERIAL  (TC1  and  WT1) ...................................... 22  
3.10   REMOVAL  OF  THERMAL  SYSTEM  INSULATION  (PI1,  PI2,  AC1,  PW1,  DT1,  DT2,  and  
BI1) ............................................................................................................ 22  
3.11   REMOVAL  OF  FLOORING  MATERIAL  (TILE  AND  MASTIC  FT1  –  FT9)................... 23  
3.12   REMOVAL  OF  FIRE  DOORS............................................................................ 23  
3.13   ADDITIONAL  REMOVAL  REQUIREMENTS ....................................................... 23  
3.14   STOP  WORK  ORDER..................................................................................... 23  
3.15   WORK  AREA  CLEARANCE  PROCEDURES ......................................................... 24  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   ii  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

3.16   LOAD-­‐OUT  AND  DISPOSAL  OF  ACM............................................................... 26  


3.17   TRANSPORTATION  AND  DISPOSAL  OF  ASBESTOS  WASTE ................................ 27  
Part  4  -­‐  Certificate  of  Worker's  Acknowledgement  
Part  5  -­‐  Respiratory  Protection  Justification

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   iii  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

PART 1 - GENERAL  

1.1 RELATED  DOCUMENTS  

A. Bhate   conducted   a   Limited   Hazardous   Survey   of   the   subject   site   on   January   24   and   25,   2011.     These  
specifications  are  based  on  the  findings  of  that  survey,  provided  under  separate  cover.    

1.2 BACKGROUND  

A. The   subject   site   consists   of   one   parcel   of   land   developed   with   the   Ramsay-­‐McCormack   Building.     The  
Ramsay-­‐McCormack  Building  (built  in  1929  and  renovated  in  1970)  is  a  ten-­‐story  office  building  with  a  
basement  and  a  mechanical  penthouse.    The  structure  has  been  vacant  since  1986.    The  building  is  in  
severe  disrepair  caused  by  neglect,  weathering,  and  vandalism.      

The  structure  is  constructed  of  a  cast-­‐in-­‐place  concrete  frame  with  perimeter  columns  and  one  row  of  
interior  supports.  The  frame  is  filled  in  with  structural  clay  tile  walls  and  clad  in  beige  brick.  The  ground  
floor  is  trimmed  with  brown  granite  and  terra  cotta.    The  roof  parapet  is  also  accented  with  terra  cotta.      

The   interior   of   the   structure   is   divided   by   floors.     The   ground   floor   is   divided   into   several   former  
office/store  spaces,  which  at  one  time  included  a  bank,  several  law  and  doctor  offices  and  a  pharmacy.      
Floors   2   through   10   have   similar   interior   designs   and   are   divided   into   offices   with   a   central   hallway.    
Each  floor  has  restrooms  and  a  mechanical  room.      

Interior   finishes   for   the   structure   include   ceramic   tile,   terrazzo   tile,   marble   wall   tile,   drywall,   plaster,  
textured  wall  and  ceiling  material,  carpet,  and  various  types  of  floor  tile  and  paint  coated  surfaces.    At  
the   time   of   the   survey,   the   basement   of   the   structure   was   flooded   with   approximately   one   foot   of  
water.    Two  large  insulated  boilers  were  observed  in  the  basement.    Several  insulated  pipe  runs  were  
visible   in   the   basement   and   were   identified   on   all   floors   in   pipe   chases.     Also,   other   unidentified  
insulated  pipes,  leading  from  the  basement  boiler  system  were  observed  running  along  the  basement  
ceiling  and  may  be  hidden  inside  the  walls  of  all  floors.            

It   should   be   noted   that   the   building   is   in   a   dilapidated   and   unsafe   condition.   Fallen   building   material  
debris  was  observed  in  several  locations  throughout  the  subject  building.    Also,  due  to  the  condition  of  
th  
the   building,   not   all   areas   could   be   evaluated   for   suspect   material.     After   sampling   of   the   10 floor,   a  
th
portion  of  the  staircase  leading  to  the  10  floor  fell  making  upper  levels  inaccessible.  

B. Based   on   the   sampling   survey,   roof   flashing;   thermal   system   insulation   including   pipe   insulation,   pipe  
wrap,  boiler  insulation,  and  duct  tape;  window  caulk;  textured  wall  and  ceiling  material;  floor  tile  and  
mastic;  and  debris  observed  on  the  floor  were  identified  as  asbestos-­‐containing  materials  (ACMs)  that  
will  require  abatement  prior  to  activities  that  may  disturb  them.      

C. A  summary  of  the  types  of  ACM  and  locations  where  they  were  observed  is  included  in  Section  1.6  of  
this  Specification  for  general  purposes  only.    Contractors  should  not  use  this  ACM  summary  as  a  sole  
source  for  their  abatement  bids.    This  project  will  include  abatement  of  all  asbestos-­‐containing  material  
(ACM)   prior   to   the   selective   demolition   project.     If   additional   suspect   ACM   is   found   during   asbestos  
abatement   activities,   the   Contractor   shall   inform   the   Owner’s   Representative   for   further   testing   and  
guidance.     All   ACM   and   any   asbestos-­‐contaminated   material   shall   be   removed   and   disposed   of   as  
Regulated  ACM  (RACM).    The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  independently  estimating  quantities  
of  all  ACM  to  be  removed.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   1  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

1.3 SUMMARY  

A. The  intent  of  asbestos  abatement  is  to  remove  and  dispose  of  all  ACM  in  a  safe  and  controlled  manner  
prior   to   renovation   or   demolition   to   protect   the   workers,   the   occupants,   the   public   of   the   adjacent  
properties,  and  the  environment.  

B. If   additional   suspect   ACM   is   found   during   asbestos   abatement   activities,   the   Contractor   shall   inform   the  
Owner’s  Representative  for  further  testing  and  guidance.  

1.4 PERFORMANCE  REQUIREMENTS  

A. The   Contractor   shall   furnish   all   labor,   equipment,   materials,   worker   training,   transportation,   and  
disposal,   and   is   responsible   for   costs,   fees,   licenses,   and   permits   related   to   handling   and   disposal   of  
asbestos-­‐containing   materials   (ACMs).     All   work   shall   be   accomplished   in   strict   adherence   to   the  
Specification,  and  applicable  federal,  State,  and  local  regulations.  

B. The  Contractor  is  to  be  responsible  for  the  formal  notification  of  the  Engineer  with  the  proper  submittal  
information  prior  to  mobilization  on  site  of  any  crew  for  the  purpose  of  abatement.    Such  notification  
shall  be  made  in  writing  via  hard  copy  by  mail,  email  or  fax  to  the  Engineer.    Once  this  information  is  
received   and   verified   to   be   complete,   the   Engineer   will   forward   an   approval   to   begin   the   abatement  
process   at   the   site   in   the   form   of   a   “Notice   to   Proceed   with   the   Abatement”   letter   addressed   to   the  
Contractor.      

  The   Contractor   is   not   to   proceed   with   any   abatement   until   the   “Notice   to   Proceed   with   the  
Abatement”  has  been  issued  by  the  Engineer.      

C. The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  contracting  with  an  appropriate  recycling/disposal  company(s),  
and   is   responsible   for   costs   related   to   handling,   transportation,   recycling/disposal,   and   recordkeeping  
for  these  special  wastes.    The  Contractor  shall  furnish  the  Engineer  and  the  Owner’s  Representative  a  
copy  of  the  waste  manifest  prior  to  shipment  of  waste  or  recyclable  materials.  

1.5 SCOPE  OF  WORK  

A. The   Contractor   is   expected   to   carefully   examine   the   site   of   the   proposed   work,   specifications,   and  
contract   forms.     The   Contractor   shall   satisfy   himself   as   to   the   character,   quality,   and   quantities   of   work  
to  be  performed,  materials  to  be  furnished,  and  as  to  the  requirements  of  the  contract.  

B. The   Contractor   shall   be   responsible   for   compliance   with   all   current   requirements   for   removal   and  
disposal  of  all  ACM  from  the  building.    In  addition,  any  suspect  ACM  that  was  hidden  or  inaccessible  at  
the  time  the  survey  was  conducted  must  be  abated  and  disposed  of  within  the  scope  of  this  project  
and  should  be  anticipated  in  the  bid.      

C. The   Contractor   must   visually   inspect   the   structure   to   become   familiar   with   the   site   conditions.     No  
change   orders   will   be   issued   due   to   lack   of   knowledge   of   the   site   conditions.     The   Contractor   shall  
review  available  drawings  and  asbestos  sampling  information  to  be  familiar  with  the  location  of  ACM  at  
the   structure   and   to   estimate   the   quantity   of   ACM   to   be   removed.     The   Contractor   shall   ensure   ACM   is  
removed   prior   to   conducting   renovation   activities   that   may   render   the   ACM   friable   or   subject   the   ACM  
to  pulverizing  forces.  

D. The   quantities   of   identified   ACM   at   the   subject   building   shall   be   estimated   and   verified   by   the  
Contractor  for  bidding  purposes.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   2  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

E. The   asbestos   abatement   work   must   be   completed   and   each   work   area   must   pass   the   appropriate  
clearance   inspection   prior   to   work   being   performed   by   other   trade   contractors   in   the   renovation  
process.  

F. Hazardous  Materials:  During  asbestos  abatement  work,  removal  of  ceiling  and  walls  may  be  required.    
The   contractor   shall   be   responsible   for   removal   of   and   disposal   of   light   fixtures   within   asbestos  
abatement  work  areas.  
1. Fluorescent  light  fixture  ballasts  are  known  to  contain  oil  with  polychlorinated  biphenyls  (PCBs).    
Light  fixtures  demolished  during  the  work  shall  be  checked  for  the  presence  of  PCB  ballasts.    All  
ballasts   that   are   not   clearly   labeled   “NO-­‐PCBs”   shall   be   considered   as   containing   PCBs   and  
handled  appropriately.  
2. Fluorescent   light   fixture   light   bulbs   contain   mercury   and   mercury   vapors.     Bulbs   are   to   be  
collected  without  breakage  for  recycling.    
3. Mercury   controller   switches,   such   as   those   associated   with   HVAC   equipment,   may   be  
encountered  and  shall  be  handled  appropriately  without  breakage  by  recycling.  

G. The   schedule   of   work   for   this   project   shall   be   coordinated   with   the   Engineer   and   the   Owner’s  
Representative.    The  Contractor  will  provide  a  detailed  work  schedule  prior  to  start  of  any  work.    Any  
changes  to  this  schedule  shall  be  reported  to  the  Engineer  and  the  Owner’s  Representative.  

1.6 LOCATIONS  OF  IDENTIFIED  ACMS  

A. Based   on   the   limited   sampling   survey   performed   by   Bhate   in   January   2011   (under   separate   cover),  
friable  and  non-­‐friable  asbestos-­‐containing  materials  were  identified  at  the  subject  site  and  will  require  
abatement.    All  Contractors  submitting  a  bid  for  abatement  and  disposal  of  these  materials  must  visit  
the  subject  site  and  estimate  the  quantity  of  ACM  onsite.    Table  1.6.1  presents  a  summary  of  the  ACM  
and  the  locations  of  the  asbestos  identified  during  the  inspection.  
 
Table  1.6.1  -­‐  Locations  of  Identified  ACMs  
Homogeneous   1
Material  Type   Material  Location     Friable   Quantities  
Area  ID  
Roof  flashing  on  parapet  
RF1  and  RF2   Roof   Category  I   500  LF  
wall  

FD1   Floor  debris   Throughout  building   Friable   50,000  SF  

Textured  wall  and  ceiling  


TC1  and  WT1   Floors  2  through  8   Friable   35,000  SF  
material  
Pipe  chases,  above  
PI1,  PI2,  and  
Pipe  insulation   ceilings,  in  walls,   Friable   9,000  LF  
AC1  
and  in  basement  
th th
6  floor,  4  floor,  
FT1,  FT2,  FT3,   rd
and  3  floor  offices;  
FT4,  FT5,  FT6,   Various  floor  tiles  and  
all  office  /  store   Category  I   5,000  SF  
FT7,  FT8,  and   mastics   st
areas  on  1  floor;  
FT9  
and  basement  
Pipe  elbows,  pipe  wraps,   Pipe  chases,  
PW1   Friable   90  each  
and  joints   basement  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   3  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

Table  1.6.1  -­‐  Locations  of  Identified  ACMs  


Homogeneous   1
Material  Type   Material  Location     Friable   Quantities  
Area  ID  
On  metal  duct  work  
DT1  and  DT2   White  and  cream  duct  tape   in  all  mechanical   Friable   250  LF  
rooms  

BI1   Boiler  insulation   Basement   Friable   1,200  SF  

Elevator  doors  and  fire  


Not  sampled   All  floors     40  each  
doors  
1
  If  the  ACM  materials  are  encountered  in  locations  other  than  the  ones  listed  in  this  report,  they  should  also  be  considered  
ACMs.     Additionally,   the   contractor   must   verify   if   these   materials   are   located   in   other   areas   and   assess   the   quantities  
independently.     It   should   be   noted   that   these   locations   are   based   on   Bhate’s   observations   and   are   approximate.     If   the  
material   is   planned   for   removal,   the   contractor   must   visit   the   site   and   perform   an   independent   measurement   of   the  
 
quantities.    

B. It   should   be   noted   that   the   building   is   in   a   dilapidated   and   unsafe   condition.   Fallen   building   material  
debris   was   observed   in   several   locations   throughout   the   subject   building.     Also,   due   to   the   condition   of  
th  
the  building,  not  all  areas  could  be  evaluated  for  suspect  material.    After  sampling  of  the  10 floor,  a  
th
portion  of  the  staircase  leading  to  the  10  floor  fell  making  upper  levels  inaccessible.  

C. The   schedule   of   work   for   this   project   shall   be   coordinated   with   the   Engineer   and   the   Owner’s  
Representative.    The  Contractor  will  provide  a  detailed  work  schedule  prior  to  start  of  any  work.    Any  
changes  to  this  schedule  shall  be  reported  to  the  Engineer  and  the  Owner’s  Representative.  

D. The  Contractor  shall  comply  with  all  minimum  security  requirements  as  required  by  the  Owner.  

1.7 REGULATIONS  

A. All  applicable  federal,  State,  and  local  laws  and  regulations  concerning  environmental  pollution  control,  
asbestos  abatement,  and  structure  demolition,  as  well  as  the  specific  requirements  stated  elsewhere  in  
the   Contract   Documents,   shall   be   complied   with.     The   Contractor   shall   be   familiar   with   the   following  
applicable   codes   and   regulations.     The   most   recent   issue   of   each   document   shall   govern.     Where  
conflict   exists   among   various   requirements   or   with   these   specifications,   the   more   stringent  
requirements  shall  apply.  
 
1. TITLE  29,  CODE  OF  FEDERAL  REGULATIONS  (CFR),  U.S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  LABOR,  OCCUPATIONAL  
SAFETY  AND  HEALTH  ADMINISTRATION  (OSHA)  STANDARDS.  
 
a. Part  1910.20  Access  to  Employee  Exposure  and  Medical  Records  
b. Part  1910.134  Respiratory  Protection  
c. Part  1926.21  Safety  Training  and  Education  
d. Part  1926.59  Hazard  Communication  
e. Part  1926.1101  Asbestos  
 
2. TITLE  40,  CFR,  U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION  AGENCY  (EPA)  STANDARDS.  
 
a. Part   61,   Subpart   A   National   Emissions   Standard   for   Hazardous   Air   Pollutants   -­‐   General  
Provisions  
b. Part   61,   Subpart   M   National   Emission   Standards   for   Hazardous   Air   Pollutants   -­‐   National  
Emission  Standard  for  Asbestos  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   4  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

c. Part  763  Asbestos-­‐Containing  Materials  in  Schools  


 
3. TITLE  49,  CFR,  U.S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  TRANSPORTATION  (DOT)  STANDARDS  
 
a. Part  171  Hazardous  Substances  
b. Part   172   Hazardous   Materials   Tables   and   Hazardous   Materials   Communications  
Regulations  
c. Part  173  Shippers  -­‐  General  Requirements  
 
4. STATE  AND  LOCAL  REQUIREMENTS:  
 
a. Abide  by  all  State  and  local  requirements  which  govern  demolition,  asbestos  abatement  
work  or  hauling  and  disposal  of  asbestos  waste  materials.  

1.8 LICENSE  REQUIREMENTS  

A. The   Contractor   shall   hold   all   current   licenses   as   required   by   State   of   Alabama   including   a   General  
Contractor’s  license  if  necessary.  

1.9 AGENCY  NOTIFICATIONS  

A. The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  obtaining  all  the  necessary  permits  at  their  own  expense  from  
the   City   of   Birmingham   Building   and   Inspections   Department   within   ten   (10)   days   after   the   notice   to  
proceed   pursuant   to   asbestos   removal,   structural   demolition,   hauling,   and   disposal.     Further,   the  
Contractor   shall   provide   timely   notification   at   their   own   expense   of   asbestos   removal,   structural  
demolition,  hauling,  and  disposal  as  may  be  required  by  federal,  State,  regional,  and  local  authorities.  

B. Prior   to   commencement   of   asbestos   abatement   work,   the   Contractor   shall   send   appropriate   written  
notice  of  the  proposed  abatement  work  to  the  agencies  and  offices  listed  below  as  a  minimum.  
 
Mr.  Craig  Tucker  
Air  Pollution  Program  
Jefferson  County  Department  of  Health  
P.O.  Box  2648  
Birmingham,  Alabama  35202-­‐2648  
Phone:  205-­‐930-­‐1587  
Craig.tucker@jcdh.org  
 
Mr.  Richard  Pigford    
Architecture  Works  
130  19th  Street  South  
Birmingham,  Alabama  35233  
Phone:  205-­‐320-­‐0880  
rpigford@architectureworks.com  
 

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   5  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

Mr.  Dyke  Whyard  /  Ms.  Dana  Tilton  


Bhate  Environmental  Associates,  Inc.  
th
1608  13  Avenue  South,  Suite  300  
Birmingham,  Alabama  35205  
Phone:  205-­‐918-­‐4000  
dwhyard@bhate.com  /  dtilton@bhate.com  

C. Notification  to  the  Jefferson  County  Department  of  Health  must  be  submitted  on  the  "Notification  of  
Demolition   and   Renovation"   form.     The   notice   shall   be   received   by   each   party   at   least   10   working   days  
prior  to  the  start  of  asbestos  abatement  work.  

D. Notify  the  Engineer  and  the  Owner’s  Representative  a  minimum  of  24-­‐hours  prior  to  the  date  the  Work  
is  to  commence.    Such  notification  may  be  by  telephone  or  email.    Notification  shall  reference  the  work  
schedule.    

E. Notify   the   Engineer   of   all   air   monitoring   results   within   24-­‐hours   of   sampling   completion.     Such  
notification   may   be   by   telephone,   email,   or   FAX.     The   notification   shall   reference   the   work   area  
identification,  sample  results,  and  other  pertinent  information.  

F. Provide   written   notification   of   schedule   changes   or   any   changes   in   the   inspection   findings   to   the  
agencies  and  offices  requiring  notification  under  this  Section.  

G. Upon   completion   of   the   asbestos   removal,   submit   notification   of   project   completion   to   the   agencies  
and  offices  requiring  notification  under  this  Section.  

1.10 DEFINITIONS  

A. The  following  commonly  used  terms  are  defined  in  the  context  of  these  specifications.  
 
1. Abatement:   Procedures   to   control   or   decrease   fiber   release   from   asbestos-­‐containing   building  
materials   or   insulation   material   containing   asbestos.     Includes   removal,   enclosure,   and  
encapsulation.  
2. Adequately   Wet:   A   term   as   defined   in   CFR   40   Part   61,   Subpart   M   and   EPA   340/1-­‐90-­‐019   that  
means  to  sufficiently  mix  or  penetrate  with  liquid  to  prevent  the  release  of  particulates.    If  visible  
emissions  are  observed  coming  from  asbestos-­‐containing  material  (ACM),  then  that  material  has  
not  been  adequately  wetted.    However,  the  absence  of  visible  emissions  is  not  sufficient  evidence  
of  being  adequately  wetted.  
3. Air   Filtration   Device   (AFD):   A   portable   local   exhaust   system   equipped   with   HEPA   filtration,  
capable   of   maintaining   a   constant   low   velocity   air   flow   into   contaminated   areas   from   adjacent,  
uncontaminated   areas   and   capable   of   maintaining   a   negative   air   pressure   with   respect   to   the  
adjacent,  uncontaminated  areas.  
4. Air  Lock:  A  system  for  permitting  ingress  or  egress  to  the  work  area  while  permitting  minimal  air  
movement   between   a   contaminated   area   and   an   uncontaminated   area,   typically   consisting   of  
two  curtained  doorways  placed  a  minimum  of  three  feet  apart.  
5. Air  Monitoring:  The  process  of  measuring  the  fiber  content  of  a  specific  volume  of  air  in  a  stated  
period  of  time.    Personal  air  sampling  results  shall  be  calculated  to  reflect  the  employee's  eight  
hour   time   weighted   average   (TWA)   exposure.     Area   sampling   results   are   reported   directly,  
without  calculating  the  TWA.  
6. Air   Monitoring   Specialist   /   Firm:   An   authorized   and   qualified   person   or   firm   contracted   or  
employed  by  the  Contractor  to  conduct  air  monitoring.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   6  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

7. Amended  Water:  Water  to  which  a  surfactant  has  been  added  to  decrease  the  surface  tension  to  
35  or  less  dynes.  
8. Asbestos:   The   asbestiform   varieties   of   serpentine   (chrysotile),   riebeckite   (crocidolite),  
cummingtonite-­‐grunerite   (amosite),   anthophyllite,   and   actinolite-­‐tremolite.     For   purposes   of  
determining   respiratory   and   worker   protection   both   the   asbestiform   and   non-­‐asbestiform  
varieties   of   the   above   minerals   and   any   of   these   materials   that   have   been   chemically   treated  
and/or  altered  shall  be  considered  as  asbestos.  
9. Asbestos-­‐Containing   Building   Material   (ACBM):   Surfacing   ACM,   thermal   system   insulation   ACM,  
or   miscellaneous   ACM   that   is   found   in   or   on   interior   structural   members   or   other   parts   of   a  
building.  
10. Asbestos-­‐Containing   Material   (ACM):   Any   material   containing   more   than   1%   by   weight   of  
asbestos  of  any  type  or  mixture  of  types.  
11. Asbestos-­‐Containing   Waste   Material:   Any   material   which   is   or   is   suspected   of   being   or   any  
material  contaminated  with  an  asbestos-­‐containing  material  which  is  to  be  removed  from  a  work  
area  for  disposal.  
12. Asbestos   Debris:   Pieces   of   ACBM   that   can   be   identified   by   color,   texture,   or   composition,   or  
means  dust  if  determined  by  an  accredited  inspector  to  be  ACM.  
13. Asbestos   Removal   Encapsulant:   A   chemical   solution   used   in   place   of   amended   water   during  
asbestos  removal  to  penetrate,  bind,  and  encapsulate  the  asbestos-­‐containing  material.  
14. Authorized   Visitor:   The   Owner   or   the   Owner’s   Representatives   or   representatives   of   any  
regulatory  or  other  agency  having  jurisdiction  over  the  project.  
15. Barrier:  Any  surface  that  seals  off  the  work  area  to  inhibit  the  movement  of  air.  
16. Breathing   Zone:   A   hemisphere   forward   of   the   shoulders   with   a   radius   of   approximately   6   to   9  
inches.  
17. Class   I   Asbestos   Work:   Work   as   defined   by   OSHA   in   Standard   29   CFR   1926.1101(b)   as   being  
activities   involving   the   removal   of   thermal   system   insulation   (TSI)   and   surfacing   asbestos-­‐
containing  material  (ACM)  and  presumed  asbestos-­‐containing  material  (PACM).  
18. Class   II   Asbestos   Work:   Work   as   defined   by   OSHA   in   Standard   29   CFR   1926.1101(b)   as   being  
activities  involving  the  removal  of  ACM  which  is  not  TSI  or  surfacing  material.    This  includes,  but  is  
not   limited   to,   the   removal   of   asbestos-­‐containing   wallboard,   floor   tile   and   sheeting,   asphaltic  
roofing,  asbestos  cement  roofing  and  siding  shingles,  and  construction  mastics  
19. Competent   Person:   Definition   and   responsibilities   as   set   down   in   29   CFR   1926.1101(b)   and   as  
outlined   herein.   One   who   is   capable   of   identifying   existing   asbestos   hazards   and   selecting   the  
appropriate   control   strategy   for   asbestos   exposure,   who   has   the   authority   to   take   prompt  
corrective  measures  to  eliminate  them,  as  specified  in  29  CFR  1926.32(f),  and  for  Class  I  and  Class  
II   work   who   is   specially   trained   in   a   training   course   which   meets   the   criteria   of   EPA’s   Model  
Accreditation  Plan  (40  CFR  763)  for  supervisor,  or  its  equivalent.  
20. Critical  Seal:  An  airtight  seal  that  covers  openings  along  the  perimeter  walls,  ceiling  and  floor  of  
the  work  area.    The  critical  seals  consist  of  one  layer  of  reinforced  fire-­‐retardant  plastic  sheeting  
that  covers  each  opening.    Critical  seals  are  established  prior  to  plasticizing  the  work  area.  
21. Curtained   Doorway:   A   device   to   allow   ingress   or   egress   from   one   room   to   another   while  
permitting  minimal  air  movement  between  the  rooms.  
22. Decontamination   Enclosure   System:   A   series   of   connected   rooms   for   the   decontamination   of  
workers   (a   Personnel   Decontamination   Enclosure   System)   or   of   materials   and   equipment  
(Equipment  Decontamination  Enclosure  System).  
23. Differential  Air  Pressure  Recording  Device:  A  device  capable  of  producing  a  continual  strip  record,  
in  increments  of  0.001  inches  of  water  of  the  pressure  differential  between  the  containment  area  
(work  area)  and  the  ambient  air  pressure.  
24. Disposal  Bags:  Properly  labeled  6  mil  thick  leak-­‐tight  plastic  bags  used  for  transporting  asbestos  
waste  from  regulated  area  to  the  disposal  site.  
25. Engineer:  The  Owner’s  Representative  who  is  authorized  to  exercise  general  administration  and  
supervision  of  the  work  under  the  direction  of  the  Owner.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   7  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

26. Equipment   Decontamination   Enclosure   System:   A   decontamination   system   for   waste   materials  
and   equipment,   typically   consisting   of   a   designated   area   of   the   work   area,   a   washroom,   and   a  
holding   area,   with   an   air   lock   between   any   two   adjacent   rooms   and   a   curtained   doorway  
between  the  holding  area  and  the  non-­‐work  area.    Not  to  be  used  for  personnel  entry/exit.  
27. Excursion  Limit:  No  employee  shall  be  exposed  to  an  airborne  concentration  of  asbestos  in  excess  
of  1.0  f/cc  of  air  as  averaged  over  a  sampling  period  of  30  minutes.  
28. Fixed  Object:  A  unit  of  equipment  or  furniture  in  the  work  area,  which  cannot  be  removed  from  
the  work  area.    
29. Friable  ACM:  A  term  as  defined  in  CFR  40  Part  61,  Subpart  M  and  EPA  340/1-­‐90-­‐018  that  means  
any   material   containing   more   than   1   percent   asbestos   as   determined   using   the   method   specified  
in  CFR  40  Part  763,  Appendix  A,  Subpart  F,  Section  1,  Polarized  Light  Microscopy,  that  when  dry,  
can  be  crumbled,  pulverized,  or  reduced  to  powder  by  hand  pressure.  
30. Full   Facepiece   High   Efficiency   Respirator   (FFHER):   A   respirator   which   covers   the   wearer's   entire  
face  from  the  hairline  to  below  the  chin  and  which  is  equipped  with  a  HEPA  filter.    
31. Half  Mask  High  Efficiency  Respirator  (HMHER):  A  respirator  which  covers  one  half  of  the  wearer's  
face,  from  the  bridge  of  the  nose  to  below  the  chin,  and  is  equipped  with  HEPA  filters.  
32. HEPA   Filter:   A   High   Efficiency   Particulate   Air   (HEPA)   filter   capable   of   trapping   and   retaining  
99.97%  of  asbestos  fibers  0.3  microns  in  diameter.  
33. HEPA   Vacuum   Equipment:   High   efficiency   particulate   air   (HEPA)   filtered   vacuuming   equipment  
having   an   Underwriters   Laboratories,   Inc.   (UL)   586   filter   system   capable   of   collecting   and  
retaining  asbestos  fibers.  
34. Lockdown:  Procedure  of  applying  an  encapsulant  as  a  protective  coating  or  sealant  to  a  surface  
from   which   ACM   has   been   removed   in   order   to   control   and   minimize   airborne   asbestos   fiber  
generation  that  might  result  from  residual  asbestos-­‐containing  debris.    
35. Movable  Object:  A  unit  of  equipment  or  furniture  which  can  be  removed  from  the  work  area.  
36. Negative  Initial  Exposure  Assessment:  A  demonstration  by  the  employer  that  employee  exposure  
during  an  operation  is  expected  to  be  consistently  below  the  permissible  exposure  limit  (PEL).  
37. Negative   Pressure   Respirator:   A   respirator   in   which   the   air   pressure   inside   the   respiratory-­‐inlet  
covering   is   positive   during   exhalation   in   relation   to   the   air   pressure   of   the   outside   atmosphere  
and  negative  during  inhalation  in  relation  to  the  air  pressure  of  the  outside  atmosphere.  
38. Permissible  Exposure  Limits  (PELs):  PELs  shall  be  as  determined  using  the  Sampling  and  Analytical  
Procedure  as  promulgated  in  29  CFR  1926.1101,  Appendix  A.  
39. Personal  Monitoring:  Sampling  of  the  asbestos  fiber  concentrations  within  the  breathing  zone  of  
an  employee.  
40. Personnel   Decontamination   Enclosure   System:   A   decontamination   system   for   personnel   and  
limited   equipment,     typically   consisting   of   an   equipment   room,   shower   room,   and   clean   room,  
with   an   air   lock   between   any   two   adjacent   rooms,   and   a   curtained   doorway   between   the  
equipment  room  and  the  work  area,  and  a  curtained  doorway  between  the  clean  room  and  the  
non-­‐work  area.    The  decontamination  system  serves  as  the  only  entrance/exit  for  the  work  area.  
41. Plasticize:  To  cover  floors  and  walls  with  plastic  sheeting  as  herein  specified.  
42. Powered   Air   Purifying   Respirator   (PAPR):   Either   a   full   facepiece,   helmet,   or   hooded   respirator  
that  powers  breathing  air  to  the  wearer  after  the  air  has  been  purified  through  a  HEPA  filter.  
43. Pressure   Differential   and   Ventilation   System:   A   local   exhaust   system,   utilizing   HEPA   filtration  
capable   of   maintaining   a   pressure   differential   with   the   inside   of   the   Work   Area   at   a   lower  
pressure   than   any   adjacent   area,   and   which   cleans   recirculated   air   or   generates   a   constant   air  
flow  from  adjacent  areas  into  the  Work  Area.  
44. Protection   Factor:   The   ratio   of   the   ambient   concentration   of   an   airborne   substance   to   the  
concentration   of   the   substance   inside   the   respirator   at   the   breathing   zone   of   the   wearer.     The  
protection  factor  is  a  measure  of  the  degree  of  protection  provided  by  a  respirator  to  the  wearer.  
45. RACM:   Means   “regulated   asbestos-­‐containing   material”   to   include:   a)   friable   asbestos   material;  
b)   Category   I   non-­‐friable   ACM   that   has   become   friable;   c)   Category   I   non-­‐friable   ACM   that   will   be  
or   has   been   subjected   to   sanding,   grinding,   cutting,   or   abrading,   or;   d)   Category   II   non-­‐friable  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   8  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

ACM  that  has  a  high  probability  of  becoming  or  has  become  crumbled,  pulverized,  or  reduced  to  
powder  by  the  forces  expected  to  act  on  the  material  in  the  course  of  demolition  or  renovation  
operations.  
46. Regulated   Area:   Area   established   by   the   employer   to   demarcate   areas   where   Class   II   asbestos  
work   is   conducted,   and   any   adjoining   area   where   debris   and   waste   from   such   asbestos   work  
accumulates.    Requirements  for  regulated  areas  are  set  out  in  29  CFR  1926.1101(e).  
47. Removal:   The   act   of   removing   and   transporting   asbestos-­‐containing   or   asbestos-­‐contaminated  
materials  from  the  work  area  to  a  suitable  disposal  site.  
48. Surfactant:  A  chemical  wetting  agent  added  to  water  to  improve  penetration,  thus  reducing  the  
quantity  of  water  required  for  a  given  operation  or  area.  
49. Thermal  System  Insulation  (TSI):  ACM  applied  to  pipes,  fittings,  boilers,  breeching,  tanks,  ducts  or  
other  structural  components  to  prevent  heat  loss  or  gain.  
50. Time   Weighted   Average   (TWA):   The   average   concentration   of   a   contaminant   in   air   during   a  
specific  time  period.  
51. Time   Weighted   Average   Limit:   No   employee   shall   be   exposed   to   an   airborne   concentration   of  
asbestos  in  excess  of  0.1  fiber  per  cubic  centimeter  (f/cc)  of  air  as  an  eight  (8)  hour  time  weighted  
average  (TWA).  
52. Wet   Cleaning:   The   process   of   eliminating   asbestos   contamination   from   building   surfaces   and  
objects   by   using   cloths,   mops,   or   other   cleaning   tools   which   have   been   dampened   with   amended  
water   or   asbestos   removal   encapsulant   and   by   afterwards   disposing   of   these   cleaning   tools   as  
asbestos-­‐contaminated  waste.    
53. Work   Area:   Designated   rooms,   spaces,   or   areas   of   the   project   where   asbestos   abatement   actions  
are   to   be   undertaken   or   which   may   become   contaminated   as   a   result   of   such   abatement   actions.    
A   Contained   Work   Area   has   been   sealed,   plasticized,   and   equipped   with   a   decontamination  
enclosure  system.    A  Non-­‐Contained  Work  Area  is  an  isolated  or  controlled-­‐access  area  which  has  
not  been  plasticized.  

PART 2 - PROJECT  EXECUTION  

2.1 GENERAL  WORK  REQUIREMENTS  

A. Supervision  and  Quality  of  the  Work  


 
1. From  the  start  of  work  through  completion  of  the  project,  the  Contractor  shall  have  a  responsible  
and   competent   Superintendent   on   site.     The   Superintendent   will   be   the   Contractor's  
representative  at  the  site,  shall  have  authority  to  act  on  behalf  of  the  Contractor,  and  shall  retain  
complete  jurisdiction  over  the  work.    All  communications  to  the  Superintendent  by  the  Engineer  
and  the  Owner’s  Representative  shall  be  binding  as  if  given  to  the  Contractor.  
 
2. The   Superintendent   shall   supervise,   inspect,   and   direct   the   Work   competently   and   efficiently,  
devoting  such  skills  and  expertise  as  may  be  necessary  to  perform  the  Work  in  accordance  with  
this  Specification.  

B. Contractor's  Use  of  Site  


 
1. Operations  at  the  site  shall  be  confined  to  the  areas  permitted  under  the  Contract.  Compliance  
with  all  site  rules  and  regulations  shall  be  maintained  while  engaged  in  project  work.  
 
2. During  the  abatement  process,  the  structure  will  remain  vacant.  
 

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   9  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

3. The   Contractor   shall   coordinate   the   work   schedule   with   the   Engineer   and   the   Owner’s  
Representative.  
 
4. An   area   will   be   designated   for   staging   of   the   Contractor’s   equipment   during   mobilization,   load-­‐
out   and   demobilization   only.     Use   of   other   areas   is   prohibited.     The   location   and   extent   of   the  
staging  area  will  be  determined  by  the  Engineer  and  the  Owner’s  Representative  during  the  pre-­‐
construction  meeting.  

C. Stop  Work  Order  


 
1. Non-­‐Contained   Work   Areas:   The   Engineer   will   stop   the   work   should   the   fiber   count   in   non-­‐
contained   work   areas   and   adjacent   non-­‐work   areas   exceed   0.01   f/cc   of   air   or   the   background  
count   (the   greater   of   these   two   values   will   be   used   as   the   reference).     Work   shall   not   resume  
until   the   condition(s)   causing   the   increase   are   corrected   by   the   Contractor   and   affected   areas  
have  been  cleaned.  
 
2. Emergency   Procedures:   During   abatement   of   ACM,   any   condition   which   may   require   additional  
controls   and   protection   shall   be   discussed   with   the   Engineer.     Work   shall   not   resume   until  
authorized  to  do  so  by  the  Engineer.  

D. Daily  Meetings  
 
1. The  Contractor  shall  conduct  a  weekly  site  operations  meeting  for  each  day  he  works  onsite  at  a  
time  and  location  agreed  upon  with  the   Engineer  and  Owner’s  Representative.    The  Contractor  
shall  discuss  the  progress  of  the  work  and  coordinate  his  daily  work  schedule  with  the  Engineer  
and  Owner’s  Representative.    

2.2 PROJECT  RECORDS  

A. Project  Documentation  
 
1. The  Contractor  shall  maintain  on  the  project  site  a  daily  log  documenting  the  dates  and  times  of  
the  following:  
 
a. Meetings:  purpose,  attendees,  brief  discussion.  
b. Personnel,  by  name  and  social  security  number  (or  alternate  unique  identifier),  entering  
and  leaving  the  work  area.  
c. Special  or  unusual  events,  equipment  failures,  accidents.  
d. Air  monitoring  tests  and  test  results  (OSHA  compliance  monitoring  performed  during  the  
work).  
e. Removal  of  waste  materials  from  the  work  area.  
f. Inspections  and  release  of  the  work  area  for  re-­‐occupancy.  

B. Post  Project  Documentation  


 
1. The  Contractor  shall  provide  the  requested  documentation  to  the  Engineer  and/or  the  Owner’s  
Representative   within   two   weeks   of   substantial   completion   of   the   asbestos   abatement   work.  
Provide  the  following  documents:  
 
a. A  copy  of  all  approved  submittals.    
b. Copies  of  all  documents  required  by  the  specifications  including:    

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   10  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

1) Daily  Logs,  
2) Special  Reports,  
3) Inspection  Certifications,  
4) Air  Monitoring  results,  
5) Waste  Disposal  Receipts,  and  
6) Daily  Work  Area  Strip  Charts,  if  applicable.  

C. Special  Reports  
 
1. If   an   accident,   personal   injury   or   an   event   of   unusual   and   significant   nature   occurs   at   site   the  
Contractor   shall   prepare   and   submit   a   special   report   listing   the   chain   of   events,   persons  
participating,  response  by  the  Contractor's  personnel,  and  similar  pertinent  information.  
 
2. If   an   unusual   condition   is   discovered   during   the   work,   prepare   and   submit   a   report   indicating   the  
condition  discovered.  
 
3. If   hazardous   conditions,   hazardous   materials   or   hazardous   wastes   are   unexpectedly   uncovered  
during   the   work,   the   Contractor   shall   stop   all   work   in   connection   with   such   hazardous   conditions  
and   immediately   notify   the   Engineer.     Submit   a   report   indicating   the   condition   discovered   and  
details  of  the  actions  taken  as  soon  as  possible  but  no  later  than  24  hours.  

D. Pre-­‐Work  Submittals  
 
1. Provide   three   (3)   copies   of   the   following   submittals   to   the   Engineer   at   least   ten   (10)   days   prior   to  
start  of  any  work.    The  Engineer  with  review  the  materials  and  respond  within  three  (3)  working  
days   of   receipt.     The   Contractor   must   receive   written   acceptance   of   the   submittals   prior   to  
mobilization  to  project  site.        
 
a. Health  and  Safety  Plan:    Written  Health  and  Safety  Plan  addressing  procedures  for  work  
place   safety.     Address   how   physical   and   health   hazards   associated   with   the   work   are  
identified  and  communicated  to  employees,  and  the  name  of  the  person  responsible  for  
implementation   of   the   Health   and   Safety   Plan.     Address   procedures   for   using   scaffolds,  
hoists  and  ladders  safely,  electrical  safety  procedures,  and  guidelines  for  protection  from  
noise,  heat  stress,  chemical  exposure,  and  trip/fall  hazards.  
b. Contingency  Plan:    Written  Emergency  Action  Plan  outlining  the  actions  to  be  performed  
for   emergencies   including   fire,   accident,   or   unexpected   asbestos   contamination   in   the  
adjacent   site   area   and   on   the   adjoining   grounds.     This   Plan   shall   identify   the   manner   in  
which   emergencies   are   announced,   emergency   procedures   and   persons   responsible   for  
rescue,  medical  duties,  and  fire  prevention.  
c. Work   Plan:     Provide   a   work   plan   indicating   the   sequencing   of   the   removal   activities,  
description   of   the   abatement   area   containment   methods,   description   of   the   work  
methods   and   removal   procedures   to   be   used,   description   of   the   waste   handling   and  
preparation   for   disposal,   location   of   work   area   entrance   and   egress   points,   location   of  
decontamination  unit(s),  location  of  air  filtration  devices  (AFDs),  methods  and  locations  of  
waste   containment,   conveyance,   and   collection   devices   (i.e.   roll-­‐offs)   and   drawings  
showing  the  regulated  area.  
d. Progress   Schedule:   Schedule   showing   the   order   in   which   the   Contractor   proposes   to   carry  
out  the  work,  the  date  he  will  start  work,  and  the  projected  date  of  completion  for  each  
work   area,   as   necessary.     The   Contractor   shall   provide   the   specific   hours   the   Contractor  
intends  to  work  onsite,  and  the  number  of  personnel  to  work  each  shift.  
e. Notifications:     Proof   of   written   pre-­‐work   notification   submitted   to   agencies   requiring  
notification  under  Paragraph  "Agency  Notifications".  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   11  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

f. Contractor’s  License:    Copies  of  licenses  specific  to  construction/demolition  and  asbestos  
abatement  for  the  state  in  which  work  is  to  be  performed.  
g. Respirator   Program:     Written   respiratory   protection   program   as   required   by   OSHA  
regulations.    Respirator  fit  test  verification  required  for  asbestos  abatement  workers.    
h. Employee   Information:     The   contractor   should   provide   the   following   information   for   each  
employee  assigned  to  perform  asbestos  abatement  work  at  this  jobsite.    The  information  
should  be  arranged  by  employee.  
1.   Training  Certificates:    Copies  of  all  supervisor’s  and  workers  training  certificates  and  
any  annual  re-­‐accreditation  records  which  demonstrate  receipt  of  EPA-­‐approved  or  
OSHA  mandated  training  courses  required  to  perform  asbestos-­‐related  work.    
2.   Proof  of  Accreditation:    Copies  of  state  accreditation  (may  be  a  certificate  or  copy  of  
card)  
3.   Physician  Statement:    Copies  of  current  (within  the  preceding  12  months)  physician  
statements   for   each   employee   assigned   to   perform   asbestos   abatement   work   for  
this   project   and   to   perform   work   under   respirator   protection   stating   that   employee  
can  work  in  a  respirator.  
4.   Fit  Test:    Copy  of  proof  of  fit  testing  (must  not  be  older  than  12  months.  
5.   Certificate   of   Worker’s   Acknowledgment:   Provide   completed   Worker’s  
Acknowledgment  for  each  employee  to  work  onsite  (see  Part  4  for  example  form).  
 
i. Product  Information:  Provide  a  complete  product  list  including  name  of  material  and  the  
manufacturer’s  name  for  all  materials  to  be  brought  to  the  site.    Provide  a  Material  Safety  
Data   Sheet   (MSDS)   for   materials,   if   applicable.     Provide   additional   information   if  
requested.  
j. Waste   Handling  and   Disposal:   Written   procedures   for   waste   load-­‐out,   temporary  storage,  
transportation,  and  location  of  disposal  site.  
k. Respiratory   Protection   Justification:   Provide   completed   Respiratory   Protection  
Justification  prior  to  beginning  work  (see  Part  5  for  example  form).  
 
2. Engineer  will  review  the  submittal  and  either  accept  the  information  or  notify  the  Contractor  in  
writing   of   the   deficiencies   in   the   submittal   within   two   working   days.     Contractor   will   respond   in   a  
timely  manner  with  the  requested  revisions  to  the  Engineer.    
 
3. Once  all  submittal  information  is  completed,  the  Engineer  will  issue  a  notice  of  acceptance  of  the  
pre-­‐work  submittal  and  approval  for  the  Contractor  to  proceed  with  the  contracted  abatement  at  
the  designated  locations.    
 
4. Contractor  shall  not  proceed  with  any  abatement  until  the  Engineer  has  reviewed  and  accepted  
all  pre-­‐work  submittals.    

E. During  Work  Submittals  


 
1. Provide  three  copies  of  the  following  submittals  during  performance  of  the  work.  
 
a. New   Personnel:   Names   of   new   personnel   assigned   to   the   project   during   the   course   of   the  
work.    Submit  required  documentation  of  training  24  hours  in  advance  of  mobilization  of  
new  personnel  to  project  site.  
b. Any   changes   in   the   Progress   Schedule   proposed   by   the   Contractor   for   the   work   shall   be  
submitted   for   approval   seven   days   prior   to   the   commencement   date   of   the   proposed  
change,   or   as   soon   as   practicable   after   a   change   in   schedule   is   required.     A   revised  
Progress  Schedule  reflecting  actual  progress  of  the  work  and  corrections  for  the  remaining  
schedule  shall  be  submitted  at  the  end  of  each  week.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   12  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

c. OSHA   Monitoring   Results:   Provide   a   copy   of   the   personnel   air   monitoring   results   to   the  
Engineer  and  they  shall  be  posted  within  24  hours  of  collection.  
d. Air  Monitoring  Results:  Provide  a  copy  of  the  area  air  monitoring  results  to  the  Engineer.  
e. Special  Reports  shall  be  submitted  as  soon  as  practicable  following  the  incident.  
f. Landfill  Receipt:  Receipts  from  the  landfill  operator  that  acknowledge  delivery  of  material,  
shall  be  submitted  within  three  days  following  removal  of  ACM  from  the  structure.  
g. Waste   Shipment   Records:   Copy   of   completed   Waste   Shipment   Record   form   and   landfill  
receipts.  

F. Post  Work  Submittals  


 
1. Provide  three  copies  of  the  following  submittals  within  ten  (10)  days  of  completion  of  the  work.  
 
a. Notifications:    Copy  of  all  notifications  submitted  to  agencies  requiring  notification  under  
Paragraph  "Agency  Notifications".  
b. Log  Book:    Copy  of  all  entries  made  in  site  log.  
c. Reports  listed  in  the  paragraph  for  Post  Project  Documentation.  

2.3 MATERIALS  AND  EQUIPMENT  

A. Materials   and   equipment   to   be   furnished   by   the   Contractor   for   the   work   shall   be   installed   according   to  
the  manufacturer's  written  instructions.    Provide  the  following  as  required  for  the  project:  
 
1. Barrier:   A   physical   obstruction   that   is   intended   to   prevent   persons   from   accidentally   falling   or  
walking  through  floor  openings.  
2. Communications   Equipment:   Devices   suitable   for   inter-­‐room   communications,   such   as  
"walkie-­‐talkies"  or  "radio  band"  communicators  shall  be  provided  as  necessary.  
3. Disposal   Bags:   Plastic   Disposal   Bags   shall   be   a   minimum   of   six   mils   in   thickness.     Markings   and  
labels  on  disposal  bags  and  shipping  containers  shall  bear  danger  labels,  transportation  packaging  
marking   and   labels,   and   generator   identification   information.     Markings   and   labels   shall   be  
permanently   affixed   to   all   bags   and   shipping   containers   containing   ACM,   in   accordance   with  
OSHA  Standard  29  CFR  1926.1101(k)(7),  DOT  Standard  49  CFR  172,  and  EPA  Standard  40  CFR  Part  
61.150(a)(1)(v).  
4. Duct  Tape:  Duct  tape  shall  be  capable  of  sealing  joints  of  adjacent  sheets  of  plastic  sheeting  and  
shall  be  capable  of  adhering  under  both  dry  and  wet  conditions.    Minimum  physical  properties:  
adhesion   to   steel   -­‐   45   ounces   per   inch   width   (ASTM   D-­‐3330);   tensile   strength   at   break   -­‐   36  
pounds  per  inch  width  (ASTM  D-­‐3759);  elongation  at  break  -­‐  10%  (ASTM  D-­‐3759).  
5. Encapsulants:   The   encapsulant   shall   carry   a   Class   "A"   fire   resistance   rating   and   shall   have   an  
American   Society   for   Testing   and   Materials   (ASTM)   E-­‐162   flame   spread   index   of   15   or   less.     A   tint  
shall   be   given   by   the   Contractor   to   the   encapsulant   by   means   of   the   addition   of   non-­‐toxic,  
nonflammable  colorings  before  application.    The  encapsulant  shall  be  installed  according  to  the  
manufacturer's  written  instructions.  
6. Fire  Extinguisher:  Type  "ABC"  dry  chemical  extinguisher  or  a  combination  of  several  extinguishers  
of  NFPA  recommended  types  for  the  fire  hazard  exposures  in  each  extinguisher  location  shall  be  
provided.    Minimum  size  of  extinguisher  shall  be  4A,  and  40B:C.  A  minimum  of  one  extinguisher  
shall   be   provided   for   every   1,500   square   feet   of   floor   area,   with   a   maximum   travel   distance   to   an  
extinguisher   of   75   feet.     At   least   one   extinguisher   shall   be   provided   in   each   decontamination  
enclosure.    The  extinguisher  shall  be  placed  in  the  clean  room.  
7. Fire-­‐Retardant  Plastic:  Plastic  or  polyethylene  sheet  used  for  general  work  area  plasticizing  shall  
be   minimum   6   mil   flame   retardant   plastic   sheeting   that   meets   the   National   Fire   Protection  
Association  (NFPA)  701  Large-­‐Scale  test  requirements.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   13  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

8. Foam   Sealant:   Foam   Sealant   shall   be   expanding   urethane   Class   1   foam   sealant   with   a   UL   723  
flame   spread   index   of   25   or   less,   smoke   developed   index   of   0,   and   a   minimum   operating  
o o
temperature  range  between  -­‐100 F  and  250 F.  
9. Other   Materials:   All   other   materials,   such   as   lumber,   plywood,   tools,   adhesive,   nails,   hardware,  
etc.,   required   to   perform   the   work   described   in   this   section   shall   be   provided.     Materials   and  
equipment   shall   be   new   or   used,   uncontaminated   by   asbestos,   in   serviceable   condition,   and  
appropriate  for  the  intended  purpose.  
10. Plywood:  Plywood  used  for  temporary  partitions  shall  be  minimum  3/8-­‐inch  C-­‐D  exterior  grade.  
11. Scaffolding:   Provide   scaffolding,   ladders   and   or   staging   equipment,   as   necessary   to   accomplish  
the   work.     Scaffolding   may   be   of   suspension   type   or   standing   type   such   as   metal   tube   and  
coupler,   tubular   welded   frame,   pole   or   outrigger   type   or   cantilever   type.     The   type,   erection  
requirements,   and   use   of   scaffolding   shall   comply   with   applicable   OSHA   provisions.     Rungs   of  
metal   ladders,   scaffolds,   and   all   surfaces   of   such   equipment   subject   to   foot   traffic   shall   be  
equipped  with  a  nonskid  surface.    Temporary  hand  railing  systems  may  need  to  be  installed  on  
stairways.  
12. Spray   Adhesive:   Spray   Aerosol   Adhesive   shall   be   specially   formulated   to   stick   to   sheet  
polyethylene.    The  product  shall  contain  no  methylene  chloride  or  restricted  chlorofluorocarbons  
(CFCs).  
13. Spraying  Equipment:  Equipment  used  to  apply  amended  water  or  removal  encapsulant  shall  be  of  
a  low  pressure  type  to  prevent  disturbance  of  the  asbestos  prior  to  physical  controlled  removal.    
Asbestos  encapsulant  shall  be  spray-­‐applied  by  an  airless  method.  
14. Surfactant:  Surfactant  (Wetting  Agent)  shall  consist  of  resin  materials  in  a  water  base,  which  have  
been  tested  to  ensure  materials  are  non-­‐toxic  and  non-­‐irritating  to  skin  and  eyes.    Surfactant  shall  
be  installed  according  to  the  manufacturer's  written  instructions.  
15. Temporary  Partitions:  Temporary  partitions  shall  extend  from  the  floor  to  the  ceiling  and  form  an  
airtight   seal.     They   shall   be   built   using   wood   or   metal   framing   at   24   inch   on-­‐center   faced   with  
plywood   sheathing   on   both   sides,   and   shall   be   braced   as   necessary.     Both   sides   of   the   temporary  
partition  shall  be  covered  with  a  double  layer  of  6  mil  plastic  sheeting,  with  joints  staggered  and  
sealed  with  tape.    Edges  of  the  temporary  partition  at  the  floor,  walls,  and  ceiling  shall  be  taped  
and  caulked  airtight.  
16. Temporary  Enclosures:  Construct  using  wood,  metal  or  plastic  pipe  framing  with  plastic  sheeting  
mounted   on   the   interior   of   the   work   area.     Provide   curtain   doors   for   entrance   into   temporary  
enclosures.  
17. Visual   Barrier:   Black   plastic   or   similar   opaque   material   to   act   as   a   visual   screen.     Barrier   height  
shall   be   6   feet.     Mount   visual   barrier   on   metal   fence   posts.     Provide   warning   signs   on   visual  
barrier.  
18. Signs:  Warning  Signs  shall  be  posted  at  the  perimeter  of  the  regulated  area  prior  to  abatement  
operations  in  accordance  with  OSHA  Standard  29  CFR  1926.1101.    Danger  sign  format  and  color  
shall   conform   to   OSHA   Standard   29   CFR   1926.200.     The   signs   shall   display   the   legend   indicated  
below:  
 
DANGER  
ASBESTOS  
CANCER  AND  LUNG  DISEASE  HAZARD  
AUTHORIZED  PERSONNEL  ONLY  
RESPIRATORS  AND  PROTECTIVE  
CLOTHING  ARE  REQUIRED  IN  THIS  AREA  
 
19. Warning   signs   shall   be   posted   outside   all   entrances   and   exits   to   the   property,   warning   that  
demolition  work  is  being  conducted.  
20. Danger  labels  format  and  color  shall  conform  to  29  CFR  1926.200.    Danger  labels  shall  display  the  
following  legend/information  in  accordance  with  OSHA  29  CFR  1926.1101(k)(7):  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   14  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

 
DANGER  
CONTAINS  ASBESTOS  FIBERS  
AVOID  CREATING  DUST  
CANCER  AND  LUNG  
DISEASE  HAZARD  
 
21. Generator  identification  information  shall  be  affixed  to  each  package.    DOT  label  format  and  color  
shall   conform   to   DOT   Standard   49   CFR   172.304.     Generator   identification   information   labels   shall  
display  the  following  legend/information  in  accordance  with  EPA  40  CFR  Part  61.150(a)(1)(v):  
 
GENERATORS  NAME        
FACILITY  ADDRESS        
 
22. DOT   Markings   and   Labels:     Markings   and   Labels   shall   be   permanently   affixed   to   all   bags   and  
containers  containing  ACM,  in  accordance  with  DOT  49  CFR  172.304  and  172.407.    Markings  shall  
display  the  following  text:  
 
RQ,  ASBESTOS,  NA  2212  
 
23. Labels   shall   be   diamond   shape   and   shall   be   located   near   the   marking   text.     Labels   shall   consist   of  
a   diamond   a   minimum   of   100   millimeters   (mm)   on   each   side   with   each   side   having   a   solid   line  
inner   boarder   5.0   to   6.3   mm   from   the   edge.     The   label   shall   be   white   with   seven   black   vertical  
stripes   on   the   top   half.     Black   stripes   and   white   spaces   shall   be   equally   spaced.     The   lower   half   of  
the   label   shall   be   white   with   the   class   number   "9"   underlined   and   centered   at   the   bottom.     Refer  
to  DOT  40  CFR  172.446  for  label  format.  
 

 
24. Reuse  of  Containers:    If  impermeable  containers  used  to  transport  bagged  asbestos  waste  to  the  
landfill  are  to  be  reused,  the  empty  containers  shall  display  the  following  label:  
 
RESIDUE:  
LAST  CONTAINED  ASBESTOS  RQ  

2.4 UTILITIES  

A. Provide   cutoffs   and/or   temporary   utilities   as   necessary   to   perform   the   asbestos   abatement   work.    
Coordinate  all  utility  hook-­‐up  and  cutoffs  with  the  Owner.    Use  qualified  tradesmen  for  utility  cutoffs  
and   installation   of   temporary   service   when   necessary.     Work   shall   be   performed   in   a   competent  
manner  by  qualified  and  appropriately  trained  and  licensed  tradesmen.  
 
1. Electrical   Power:   The   Contractor   shall   be   responsible   for   arranging   and   securing   temporary  
electrical   service   from   the   existing   infrastructure   or   providing   for   adequate   onsite   electrical  
power  generation  during  the  project  duration.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   15  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

2. Ground  Fault  Protection:  All  circuits  used  by  the  Contractor  shall  be  equipped  with  ground  fault  
circuit  interrupters  (GFCI).    The  Contractor  is  responsible  for  connection  to  a  temporary  panel  and  
routing  power  to  his  work  area.  
3. Water   Service:   The   Contractor   shall   be   responsible   for   arranging   and   securing   a   temporary   water  
source   from   existing   infrastructure   or   shall   provide   adequate   water   storage   and   delivery  
mechanisms  on  site  during  the  project  duration.  
4. Wastewater:     All   water   used   by   the   Contractor   during   asbestos   abatement   activities   shall   be  
collected   when   feasible   and   passed   through   a   water   filtration   system   capable   of   filtering   and  
retaining   particles   larger   than   5.0   microns   in   size   prior   to   being   discharged   into   the   sanitary  
sewer.  

2.5 DECONTAMINATION  

A. Provide   adequate   facilities   for   the   decontamination   of   workers.     Decontamination   enclosure   systems  
shall   be   placed   adjacent   to   the   work   area   and   shall   be   of   sufficient   size   to   accommodate   the  
Contractor's  personnel.      

B. Provide   change   rooms   and   shower   facilities   that   comply   with   29   CFR   1910.141(d).     The  
decontamination  area  shall  consist  of  an  equipment  room,  shower  area,  and  clean  room  in  series.  
 
1. Construct  a  three  room  structure  using  modular  systems  or  build  using  rigid  plastic  pipe,  metal  or  
wood   framing.     Interior   floors,   walls   and   ceiling   shall   be   lined   with   two   layers   of   6   mil   flame  
retardant   plastic   sheeting.     Provide   the   following:   equipment   room   for   removal   of   clothing;  
shower   room   for   decontamination   of   workers,   and;   clean   room   (change   room)   with   lockers   for  
worker  change  of  clothing.  
2. The   equipment   room   shall   be   supplied   with   impermeable,   labeled   bags   and   containers   for   the  
containment  and  disposal  of  contaminated  protective  equipment.  
3. Shower   facilities   provided   shall   comply   with   29   CFR   1910.141(d)(3).     The   showers   shall   be  
adjacent   both   to   the   equipment   room   and   the   clean   room.     The   Contractor   shall   ensure   that  
workers  perform  proper  decontamination.  
4. The   clean   room   shall   be   equipped   with   a   locker   or   appropriate   storage   container   for   each  
employee's  use.  

C. The   Contractor   shall   ensure   that   workers   enter   and   exit   the   work   area   through   the   decontamination  
enclosure  system.  
 
1. All   workers   and   authorized   visitors   shall   enter   the   work   area   through   the   worker  
decontamination  enclosure  system.  
2. All   workers   shall   sign   the   entry   log,   located   in   the   clean   room,   upon   each   entry   and   exit.     The   log  
shall   be   permanently   bound   and   shall   identify   fully   the   facility,   agents,  Contractor(s),   the   project,  
each  work  area,  and  respiratory  protection  employed.  
3. In   the   clean   room,   remove   and   deposit   street   clothing   within   a   locker   provided   for   their   use,   and  
put  on  protective  clothing  and  respiratory  protection  before  leaving  the  clean  room.  
4. Before   entering   the   work   area,   the   employer   shall   ensure   that   employees   pass   through   the  
equipment  room.  
5. Before   leaving   the   work   area,   remove   all   gross   contamination   and   debris   from   protective  
clothing.  
6. Remove   protective   clothing   in   the   equipment   room   and   deposit   the   clothing   in   labeled  
impermeable  bags  or  containers.    
7. When   exiting   the   work   area   workers   shall   shower   and   enter   the   clean   room   before   changing   into  
street  clothes.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   16  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

2.6 WORKER  PROTECTION  

A. The   Contractor   alone   shall   be   responsible   for   the   safety,   efficiency,   adequacy   of   his  appliances,   work  
methods  and  for  any  damage  which  may  result  from  Contractor's  improper  construction,  maintenance,  
or   operation,   respectively.     He   shall   erect   and   maintain   at   all   times   adequate   safeguards   for   the  
protection   of   workmen   and   surrounding   building   occupants.     The   Contractor   shall   be   responsible   for  
monitoring   his   own   construction   safety   work   practices   for   compliance   with   the   applicable   OSHA  
regulations,  and  shall  provide  appropriate  personnel  protective  equipment  and  training  for  his  workers.  
 
1. Biological/Chemical   Hazards:   The   known   hazard   on   site   includes   asbestos-­‐containing   material.    
Off-­‐specification   materials   located   in   and   adjacent   the   structure   may   pose   a   hazard   to   site  
workers.     The   Contractor   shall   provide   materials,   equipment,   and   training   to   his   workers   to  
ensure   their   protection   from   these   and   any   other   chemical/biological   hazards   that   may   be  
identified  during  the  work.  
2. Physical  Hazards:    In  addition  to  the  common  physical  hazards  normally  present  on  construction  
sites,  the  known  physical  hazards  specific  to  this  project  include:  heat  stress;  contact  with  active  
equipment,  noise;  and  slip,  trip,  and  fall  hazards.    The  Contractor  shall  provide  safety  equipment  
and  training  to  his  workers  to  ensure  their  protection  from  these  and  any  other  physical  hazards  
that  may  be  present  during  the  work.      
3. Emergency   Response:  The  Contractor  shall  establish  an  Emergency  Response  Team  made  up  of  
members  of  his  work  force.    The  Contractor  shall  designate  a  Team  Leader  and  organize  workers  
who   are   trained   to   respond   in   the   event   of   an   accident   or   other   emergency.     Members   of   the  
Emergency  Response  Team  shall  be  knowledgeable  in  evacuation  procedures  and  would  be  the  
first  to  respond  in  the  event  of  an  emergency.  
4. Workmen  Protection:  During  the  project  period,  the  Contractor  shall  provide  and  maintain  safety  
equipment   as   required   or   necessary   to   properly   complete   the   work.     He   shall   provide   and  
maintain   such   barricades,   warning   signs   and   devices,   temporary   lighting,   and   other   safety  
measures  necessary  to  properly  protect  workmen.  

2.7 EXPERIENCE  AND  QUALIFICATION  REQUIREMENTS  

A. All   phases   of   the   work   shall   be   executed   by   skilled   craftsmen   experienced   in   each   respective   trade.    
Improperly  trained,  untrained,  or  inexperienced  personnel  shall  not  be  allowed  in  the  work  areas.  

B. The  Superintendent  shall  be  thoroughly  familiar  with  and  experienced  in  asbestos  removal  and  related  
work.     The   Site   Superintendent   shall   have   successfully   completed   training   equivalent   to   the   EPA   Model  
Accreditation  Plan  asbestos  contractor  and  supervision  course  (40  CFR  Part  763,  Subpart  E,  Appendix  
C).     The   Superintendent   shall   meet   the   requirements   of   a   competent   person   set   down   in   OSHA  
Standard  29  CFR  1926.1101(o).  The  supervisor  shall  be  certified  by  Safe  State  Environmental  Programs,  
Chapter  822-­‐X-­‐2,  Accreditation  of  Training  Programs,  Training  Courses,  Refresher  Training  Courses,  and  
Individuals  Engaged  in  Asbestos-­‐Related  Activities.  

C. All  workers,  who  will  come  in  direct  contact  with  suspect  ACM,  shall  have  asbestos  worker  training  as  
outlined  in  this  paragraph.    All  asbestos  removal  workers  shall  be  knowledgeable,  qualified,  and  trained  
in  the  removal,  handling,  and  disposal  of  asbestos  material  and  in  subsequent  cleaning  of  the  affected  
environment.    All  asbestos  abatement  workers  shall  have  successfully  completed  training  equivalent  to  
the   EPA   Model   Accreditation   Plan   asbestos   worker   training   course   (40   CFR   Part   763,   Subpart   E,  
Appendix   C).     All   workers   shall   be   certified   by   Safe   State   Environmental   Programs,   Chapter   822-­‐X-­‐2,  
Accreditation   of   Training   Programs,   Training   Courses,   Refresher   Training   Courses,   and   Individuals  
Engaged  in  Asbestos-­‐Related  Activities.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   17  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

D. All  asbestos  training  shall  be  certified  by  the  appropriate  State  agency.  

E. The   Contractor   shall   provide   medical   surveillance   for   all   workers   engaged   in   asbestos   removal.     Provide  
the  medical  examination  in  accordance  with  OSHA  Standards  29  CFR  1910.134(b)  and  1926.1101.    The  
Contractor  shall  ensure  that  all  employee  examination  results  are  on  file  in  his  office,  are  available  for  
review,  and  are  maintained  in  accordance  with  OSHA  Standard  29  CFR  1926.1101(n)(3).    

2.8 RESPIRATORY  PROTECTION  REQUIREMENTS  

A. The  Contractor  shall  be  solely  responsible  for  providing  adequate  respiratory  protection  at  all  times  for  
all  workers  in  the  work  area.    The  types  of  respirators  used  shall  be  approved  by  the  National  Institute  
for  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  (NIOSH)  for  asbestos  and  in  accordance  with  29  CFR  1926.1101.  
 
1. Respiratory   Protection   Program:     Where   the   use   of   respirators   is   required,   the   Contractor   shall  
develop  a  written  standard  operating  procedure  to  govern  selection  and  use  of  respirators.    As  a  
minimum   the   program   shall   address   components   as   required   by   OSHA   29   CFR   1910.134.    
Program  components  shall  include:  written  standard  operating  procedures;  medical  surveillance;  
training   in   selection   and   use   of   respirators;   proper   fitting   and   fit   testing;   procedures   for  
inspection,   cleaning,   maintenance   and   storage;   requirements   for   surveillance   of   work   area  
conditions  and  worker  exposures;  and  respirator  program  evaluation  requirements.  
2. Negative  Exposure  Assessment:  The  Contractor  shall  produce  a  negative  exposure  assessment  for  
each   asbestos   removal   task   to   be   performed.     The   assessment   may   be   developed   using   historical  
air  monitoring  data  that  meets  the  requirements  of  29  CFR  1926.1101(f)(iii)  produced  within  the  
last   12   months   combined   with   daily   personnel   monitoring   during   the   work,   or   by   providing   an  
initial  exposure  assessment  and  daily  personnel  monitoring  during  the  work.  
3. Minimum  Respiratory  Protection:  The  Contractor  personnel  who  will  come  in  direct  contact  with  
ACM   or   suspect   ACM   shall   wear   approved   half   mask   respirator   equipped   with   HEPA   filter   as  
minimum  respiratory  protection.  
4. Personal/Area  Monitoring:  The  Contractor  shall  conduct  exposure  assessments  and  monitoring  in  
accordance   with   29   CFR   1926.1101(f).     The   Contractor   shall   also   perform   area   monitoring   to  
determine  the  extent  of  regulated  area.    Sample  analysis  results  shall  be  provided  to  the  Engineer  
and  shall  be  posted  within  24  hours  of  collection.    The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  record  
keeping   requirements.     The   Engineer   and/or   Owner’s   Representative   may   collect   ambient   air  
samples  and  may  observe  the  work  practices  to  determine  compliance  by  the  Contractor.  

2.9 WORKER  PROTECTIVE  CLOTHING  AND  EQUIPMENT  

A. Protective  clothing  and  equipment  shall  conform  to  OSHA  requirements.    The  Contractor  shall  perform  a  
hazards  assessment  and  ensure  personal  protective  equipment  selected  and  used  at  the  project  location  
is   adequate   and   appropriate   for   the   hazards.     The   Contractor   shall   be   solely   responsible   for   enforcing  
personnel  protection  requirements.  
 
1. Protective  Clothing:  Workers  shall  be  provided  with  sufficient  sets  of  properly  fitting,  full  -­‐  body  
coveralls   and   protective   gloves,   and   boot   -­‐   type   foot   covers.     The   Contractor   shall   provide   the  
Engineer,   Owner,   and   authorized   representatives   suitable   properly   fitting   protective   clothing,  
whenever  they  are  required  to  enter  the  work  area.  
2. Equipment:     Provide   eye   protection,   ear   protection,   protective   gloves,   fall   protection   equipment,  
non-­‐slip   steel   toe   shoes,   and   hard   hats   as   required   for   job   conditions   or   by   applicable   safety  
regulations.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   18  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

2.10 AIR  MONITORING  REQUIREMENTS  

A. The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  performing  air  monitoring  as  outlined  below.  
 
1. Personnel  air  monitoring  in  accordance  with  OSHA  29  CFR  1926.1101.  
2. Adjacent   area   air   monitoring   or   air   monitoring   conducted   in   the   work   area   during   asbestos  
removal,  as  applicable.    The  air  monitoring  and  analysis  shall  be  performed  by  the  Air  Monitoring  
Specialist   /   firm   hired   by   the   Contractor.     The   air   samples   shall   be   analyzed   by   PCM,   NIOSH  
Method  7400.  
3. The   Engineer   and/or   Owner’s   Representative   may   perform   air   monitoring   in   the   adjacent   area   or  
within  the  work  area  during  any  period  of  the  project.  

PART 3 - WORK  PERFORMANCE  

3.1 GENERAL  WORK  AREA  PREPARATION  

A. Perform   asbestos   abatement   in   accordance   with   procedures   outlined   29   CFR   1926.1101   for   Class   I  
asbestos  work  and  Class  II  asbestos  work.  
 
1. Establish  a  regulated  area,  and  restrict  access  into  the  work  area.    Provide  warning  signs  around  
the   perimeter   of   the   regulated   area   mounted   on   the   visual   barrier,   or   similar   approach   to   the  
work  area.  
2. Provide  and  install  decontamination  enclosure  systems.    Coordinate  the  location  of  the  facility  with  
the  Engineer  or  the  Owner’s  Representative.      
3. Shut  down,  disconnect,  and  lock  out  or  tag  all  electric  power  to  the  work  area  so  that  there  is  no  
possibility  of  its  reactivation  until  after  clearance  testing  of  the  work  area.    Secure  temporary  power.  
4. Install  temporary  lighting  within  the  work  area  and  decontamination  enclosure  systems.  
5. Shut  down,  isolate,  and  lockout  or  tagout  heating,  ventilation,  and  air  conditioning  (HVAC)  systems  if  
any,  which  serve  or  which  pass  through  the  work  area.    Install  critical  seals  on  HVAC  registers,  grills,  
and  diffusers.  
6. Seal   floor   drains,   sumps,   and   other   collection   devices   with   plastic   sheeting   and   plywood,   as  
necessary,  and  provide  a  system  to  collect  all  water  used  by  the  Contractor.    Collected  water  shall  be  
passed  through  a  water  filtration  system  prior  to  being  discharged  into  the  sanitary  sewer.  
7. Ensure   that   the   Contractor's   communication   equipment   is   in   place,   in   operating   condition,   and   in  
operation  during  the  work.  
8. Completely   seal   airtight   and   isolate   the   work   area   where   friable   materials   are   to   be   removed.     All  
openings,  including  but  not  limited  to  doorways,  windows,  tunnels,  ducts,  grilles,  and  diffusers  shall  
be  covered  with  plastic  sheeting  and  taped  airtight.    Based  on  the  locations  and  amount  of  ACM  to  
be   removed   it   may   be   necessary   to   seal   the   work   area   from   the   exterior   of   the   building.     Smaller  
openings  through  which  pipe  conduit  passes,  cracks,  and  other  small  penetrations  of  the  work  area  
shall  be  sealed  using  foam  sealant.  
9. Maintain  emergency  and  fire  exits  from  the  work  areas  or  establish  alternative  exits  satisfactory  to  
the  local  fire  officials.    Mark  with  luminescent  paint  on  work  area  plastic  barriers  an  outline  of  exit  
door(s).     Affix   a   razor   knife   beside   the   outline.     Paint   words   "EMERGENCY   EXIT"   with   luminescent  
paint  inside  the  door  outline.    Modify  emergency  exit  door  as  necessary  so  it  is  secure  from  outside  
the  work  area  but  permits  exiting  from  the  work  area.    Exits  shall  be  checked  daily  against  exterior  
blockage  or  impediments  to  exiting.    
10. Fire  Extinguisher:    A  minimum  of  one  extinguisher  shall  be  provided  for  every  1,500  square  feet  
of   floor   area,   with   a   maximum   travel   distance   to   an   extinguisher   of   75   feet.     At   least   one  
extinguisher   shall   be   provided   in   each   decontamination   enclosure.     The   extinguisher   shall   be  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   19  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

within   5   feet   of   the   equipment   room   and   clean   room.     Place   extinguishers   in   visible   and  
accessible  locations.  
11. Smoke  Detectors:    Provide  one  smoke  detector  in  the  decontamination  enclosure  clean  room  and  
one  in  the  work  area  adjacent  to  the  AFD.    
12. Cover  the  walls  with  one  layer  of  6  mil  plastic  sheet  to  a  height  of  5  feet.    Cover  the  walls  and  
ceiling   with   one   layer   of   6   mil   plastic   sheet   in   the   area   with   wall   and   ceiling   material   (such   as  
ceiling   tiles,   wall   tiles,   and   other   porous   surfaces)   which   cannot   be   decontaminated   by   HEPA  
vacuum  and  wet  wiping.  
13. Install  and  initiate  operation  of  AFD(s).  

3.2 NON-CONTAINED WORK AREA PREPARATION

A. Construction  of  a  sealed,  contained  work  area  on  the  roof  or  outside  of  the  structure  is  impracticable.  
The   following   preparations   shall   be   performed   when   preparing   a   non-­‐contained   work   area   for   Class   II  
asbestos  removal  work.  
1. Provide  a  roped  -­‐  off  perimeter  around  the  area  where  the  ACM  is  to  be  removed  and  handled.  
Post  notices  and  warning  signs  around  the  perimeter  of  the  work  area.  
2. Provide  a  decontamination  enclosure  system  onsite.  
3. Provide   a   system   to   collect   all   water   used   by   the   Contractor.   Collected   water   shall   bepassed  
through  a  water  filtration  system  prior  to  being  discharged  into  the  sanitary  sewer.  

3.3 GROSS  REMOVAL  AREA  PREPARATION  

A. To   prepare   a   contained   work   area   for   gross   removal   asbestos   abatement   work,   perform   the   following  
preparations  in  conjunction  with  those  outlined  in  Section  3.1  -­‐  "General  Work  Area  Preparation".  
 
1. After  establishing  the  decontamination  enclosure  systems,  preclean  and  prepare  the  work  area:  
 
a. Remove   all   electrical   and   mechanical   items,   such   as   lighting   fixtures,   clocks,   diffusers,  
registers,   escutcheon   plates,   etc.   which   cover   any   part   of   the   surface   to   be   worked   on  
with  the  work.      
b. Remove  all  general  construction  items  such  as  cabinets,  casework,  door  and  window  trim,  
moldings,  ceilings,  trim,  etc.,  which  cover  the  surface  of  the  work  as  required  to  prevent  
interference  with  the  work.  
c. Clean  all  contaminated  furniture,  equipment,  and  or  supplies  with  a  HEPA  filtered  vacuum  
cleaner  or  by  wet  cleaning  prior  to  being  moved  or  covered.    For  contaminated  items  that  
cannot  be  cleaned,  dispose  of  as  RACM.  
d. Movable  and  loose  items  not  removed  by  the  Owner  from  work  areas  shall  be  removed  
from   work   areas   to   a   temporary   location   designated   by   the   Owner   or   shall   be   disposed   of  
as  general  construction  debris.  
e. Joints   of   covers   or   casings   shall   be   sealed   with   tape   and   fixed   objects   enclosed   with   a  
minimum  of  one  layer  of  6  mil  plastic  sheeting  sealed  airtight  with  tape.    Disassembly  of  
these  fixed  objects  is  not  required  unless  otherwise  noted.  

3.4 PRE-­‐REMOVAL  INSPECTION  

A. Prior   to   removal   of   any   ACM,   the   Contractor   shall   notify   the   Engineer   and   request   a   pre-­‐removal  
inspection.    Posting  of  warning  signs,  building  of  personnel  and  equipment  decontamination  enclosure  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   20  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

systems,   and   all   other   preparatory   steps   shall   have   been   taken   prior   to   notification   of   the   Engineer.     The  
Contractor  shall  not  begin  asbestos  removal  until  the  Engineer  approves  the  work  area  preparations.  

3.5 MAINTENANCE  OF  CONTAINED  WORK  AREA  AND  DECONTAMINATION  ENCLOSURE  SYSTEMS  

A. Inspection  of  Barriers:    Ensure  that  barriers  and  plastic  linings  are  effectively  sealed  and  taped.    Repair  
damaged  barriers  and  remedy  defects  immediately  upon  their  discovery.    Visually  inspect  enclosures  at  
the  beginning  and  end  of  each  work  period.    Use  smoke  methods  to  test  effectiveness  of  barriers.  

B. Repair   of   Damaged   Polyethylene   Sheeting:     Remove   and   replace   plastic   sheeting   which   has   been  
damaged   by   removal   operations   or   where   the   seal   has   failed   allowing   water   to   seep   between   layers.    
Remove   affected   sheeting   and   wipe   down   entire   area.     Install   new   sheet   plastic   only   when   area   is  
completely  dry.  

C. Thoroughly   clean   the   decontamination   enclosure   systems   at   the   end   of   each   8   hour   work   shift,   and  
more  frequently  if  required.  

3.6 REMOVAL  OF  ASBESTOS-­‐CONTAINING  MATERIAL  

A. The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  the  proper  removal  of  ACM  from  the  work  area  using  standard  
abatement   industry   removal   techniques.     Work   will   be   observed   by   the   Engineer   and   the   Owner’s  
Representative.    Approval  of  the  Contractor's  abatement  techniques  is  required  by  the  Engineer  and  the  
Owner’s  Representative  to  allow  for  the  continuance  of  work.  

B. ACM  shall  be  wetted  with  amended  water  or  removal  encapsulant  prior  to  being  disturbed.    Keep  ACM  
wet  during  removal  and  disposal  of  these  materials.    Material  packed  in  disposal  containers  shall  be  in  a  
wet  condition.  

3.7 REMOVAL  OF  ROOFING  MATERIALS  (RF1  AND  RF2)  

A. Use  methods  and  equipment  which  will  keep  the  fiber  count  during  removal  operations  to  less  than  0.1  
f/cc  of  air  when  tested  by  NIOSH  Method  7400.  

B. Prepare   the   ground   surface   beneath   the   roofing   removal   area   with   plastic   sheeting.     Post   appropriate  
warning  signs  for  the  regulated  area.  

C. Mist  the  roofing  during  removal.    Remove  the  roofing  component  as  intact  as  possible.    Wet  the  material  
sufficiently  to  reduce  the  release  of  fibers.    Continually  wet  the  material  during  the  removal  process  to  
minimize  fiber  dispersion.  

D. Loose  dust  generated  from  removal  activities  shall  be  immediately  removed  using  a  HEPA  vacuum.  

E. As   the   pieces   of   roofing   are   removed,   wrap   them   in   two   layers   of   plastic   and   place   in   labeled   containers  
for  transport.  

3.8 REMOVAL  OF  ASBESTOS-­‐CONTAMINATED  DEBRIS  (FD1)  

A. The   work   area   shall   be   prepared   in   accordance   with   the   requirements   of   the   Section   titled   "Gross  
Removal  Area  Preparation.”

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   21  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

B. Mist   the   debris   to   be   removed   in   order   to   sufficiently   wet   the   material   to   minimize   additional   fiber  
release.    

C. The   wetted   debris   may   be   scooped   and   double-­‐bagged   for   off-­‐site   disposal.     Continually   wet   the  
material  during  the  removal  process  to  minimize  fiber  dispersion.

D. Once  gross  debris  has  been  removed,  HEPA  vacuum  the  remaining  floor  and  wall  surface  to  remove  any  
remaining  debris.    

3.9 REMOVAL  OF  SURFACING  MATERIAL  (TC1  AND  WT1)  

A. The   work   area   shall   be   prepared   in   accordance   with   the   requirements   of   the   Section   titled   "Gross  
Removal  Area  Preparation.”    

B. The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  the  proper  removal  of  surfacing  ACM  from  the  work  area  using  
standard   abatement   industry   removal   techniques.     The   Contractor   shall   use   methods   and   equipment  
which   will   keep   the   fiber   count   during   removal   operations   to   less   than   0.1   f/cc   of   air   when   tested   by  
NIOSH  Method  7400.  

C. Thoroughly  wet  ACM  to  be  removed  prior  to  stripping  and/or  tooling  to  reduce  fiber  dispersal  into  the  
air.     Accomplish   wetting   by   a   fine   spray   (mist)   of   amended   water   or   removal   encapsulant.     Saturate  
material  sufficiently  to  wet  to  the  substrate.    Allow  time  for  amended  water  or  removal  encapsulant  to  
penetrate   material   thoroughly.     If   amended   water   is   used,   spray   material   repeatedly   during   the   work  
process   to   maintain   a   continuously   wet   condition.     If   a   removal   encapsulant   is   used,   apply   in   strict  
accordance   with   manufacturer's   written   instructions.     Where   necessary,   carefully   strip   away   while  
simultaneously   spraying   amended   water   or   removal   encapsulant   on   the   installation   to   minimize  
dispersal  of  asbestos  fibers  into  the  air.  

D. After   completion   of   all   stripping   work,   surfaces   from   which   ACM   have   been   removed   shall   be   wet  
brushed  and  sponged  or  cleaned  by  some  equivalent  method  to  remove  all  visible  residues.  

3.10 REMOVAL  OF  THERMAL  SYSTEM  INSULATION  (PI1,  PI2,  AC1,  PW1,  DT1,  DT2,  AND  BI1)  

A. The   Contractor   shall   be   responsible   for   the   proper   removal   of   thermal   system   insulation   (TSI)   ACM   from  
the  work  area  using  standard  abatement  industry  removal  techniques.    In  locations  where  TSI  removal  is  
required   that   are   not   part   of   a   contained   work   area,   the   removal   shall   be   conducted   using   glove-­‐bag  
techniques.     The   Contractor   shall   use   methods   and   equipment   which   will   keep   the   fiber   count   during  
removal   operations   to   less   than   0.1   f/cc   of   air   when   tested   by   NIOSH   Method   7400.     Approval   of   the  
Contractor's  abatement  techniques  is  required  by  the  Engineer  to  allow  for  the  continuance  of  work.  

B. Thoroughly  wet  ACM  to  be  removed  prior  to  stripping  and/or  tooling  to  reduce  fiber  dispersal  into  the  
air.     Accomplish   wetting   by   a   fine   spray   (mist)   of   amended   water   or   removal   encapsulant.     Saturate  
material  sufficiently  to  wet  to  the  substrate.    Allow  time  for  amended  water  or  removal  encapsulant  to  
penetrate   material   thoroughly.     If   amended   water   is   used,   spray   material   repeatedly   during   the   work  
process   to   maintain   a   continuously   wet   condition.     If   a   removal   encapsulant   is   used,   apply   in   strict  
accordance   with   manufacturer's   written   instructions.     Where   necessary,   carefully   strip   away   while  
simultaneously   spraying   amended   water   or   removal   encapsulant   on   the   installation   to   minimize  
dispersal  of  asbestos  fibers  into  the  air.    As  material  is  removed,  wrap  it  in  two  layers  of  plastic  and  place  
it  in  labeled  containers  for  transportation  and  disposal.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   22  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

C. After   completion   of   all   stripping   work,   surfaces   from   which   ACM   have   been   removed   shall   be   wet  
brushed  and  sponged  or  cleaned  by  some  equivalent  method  to  remove  all  visible  residues.  

3.11 REMOVAL  OF  FLOORING  MATERIAL  (TILE  AND  MASTIC  FT1  –  FT9)  

A. The   work   area   shall   be   prepared   as   described  in  Sections  3.1  and  3.3.    Use  methods  and  equipment  that  
will   keep   the   fiber   count   during   removal   operations   to   less   than   0.1   f/cc   of   air   when   tested   by   NIOSH  
Method  7400.  

B. Mist   floors   covered   with   asbestos-­‐containing   tile   or   black   flooring   mastic   with   amended   water.     Wet   the  
material  sufficiently  to  reduce  the  release  of  fibers  if  the  tiles  are  broken  upon  removal.    Continually  wet  
the  material  during  the  removal  process  to  minimize  fiber  dispersion.  

C. Completely   remove   floor   material,   leveling   compound,   and   bulk   of   adhesive   mastic   using   appropriate  
tools   and   materials.     Removal   all   layers   down   to   the   subfloor.     As   material   is   removed,   wrap   it   in   two  
layers  of  plastic  and  place  it  in  labeled  containers  for  transport.      

D. Completely  remove  all  bulk  mastic.    Mastic  shall  be  removed  as  ACM.    Use  of  approved  non-­‐hazardous  
mastic  solvent  will  be  permitted  to  remove  adhesive  mastic  from  the  floor.  

E. After   completion   of   mastic   removal,   thoroughly   wash   the   floor.     No   bulk   mastic   residue   shall   remain   on  
the  floor  surface  following  removal  and  cleaning.    It  is  not  necessary  to  remove  asphaltic  stain  from  the  
sub-­‐floor  or  concrete.    

3.12 REMOVAL  OF  FIRE  DOORS  

A. Fire  doors  should  be  abated  by  disposing  of  the  intact  door.    Remove  fire  doors  from  hinges  or  elevator  
doors  from  tracks.  

B. Wrap  doors  in  two  layers  of  plastic  and  place  in  labeled  containers  for  transport.  

3.13 ADDITIONAL  REMOVAL  REQUIREMENTS  

A. Daily   Clean   Up:     Remove   all   loose   ACM,   debris,   and   bulk   dust   from   the   work   area   at   the   end   of   each  
work  shift.    In  no  instance  shall  loose  ACM,  debris,  or  bulk  dust  remain  in  the  work  area  after  completion  
of  a  work  shift.  

B. Stop  Work  Order:    Stop  work  immediately  if  the  work  area  barrier  is  breached  in  any  manner.    Do  not  
resume  asbestos  abatement  inside  the  work  area  until  authorized  in  writing  by  the  Engineer.  

3.14 STOP  WORK  ORDER  

A. Fiber   Concentration:     The   Engineer   and/or   the   Owner’s   Representative   will   stop   the   work   should   the  
fiber   count   in   the   work   exceed   0.1   f/cc   or   adjacent   non-­‐work   areas   exceed   0.01   f/cc   of   air,   or   the  
background   count   (the   greater   of   these   two   values   will   be   used   as   the   reference).     Work   shall   not  
resume  until  the  condition(s)  causing  the  increase  are  corrected  by  the  Contractor  and  affected  areas  
have  been  cleaned  as  directed  by  the  Engineer  and/or  the  Owner’s  Representative.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   23  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

B. Imminent  Danger:    The  Engineer  and/or  Owner’s  Representative  will  stop  the  work  should  a  condition  
or   action   creates   a   hazard   that   could   be   deemed   as   presenting   imminent   danger   to   the   workers,  
building   occupants,   or   public.     Work   shall   not   resume   until   the   condition(s)   causing   the   hazard   are  
corrected  by  the  Contractor  and  the  Engineer  has  authorized  the  work  resumption  in  writing.  

3.15 WORK  AREA  CLEARANCE  PROCEDURES  

A. The   operation   of   the   pressure   differential   system   is   used   to   remove   airborne   fibers   generated   by   the  
abatement  work.  

B. The   Contractor   shall   notify   the   Owner’s   Representative   (Engineer)   for   final   clearance   visual   inspection  
and  clearance  air  monitoring.  

C. Cleaning  of  the  work  areas  prepared  as  "gross  removal"  areas  shall  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  
four   step   procedure   with   two   cleanings   of   the   primary   barrier   plastic   prior   to   its   removal   and   two  
cleanings  of  the  room  surfaces  to  remove  any  new  or  existing  contamination.  

 
1. First   Cleaning:     Carry   out   a   first   cleaning   of   all   surfaces   of   the   work   area   including   items   of  
remaining   sheeting,   tools,   scaffolding   and/or   staging   by   use   of   damp-­‐cleaning   and   mopping,  
and/or  a  HEPA  filtered  vacuum.    Do  not  perform  dry  dusting  or  dry  sweeping.  Use  each  surface  of  
a   cleaning   cloth   one   time   only   and   then   dispose   of   as   contaminated   waste.     Continue   this  
cleaning  until  there  is  no  visible  debris  from  removed  materials  or  residue  on  plastic  sheeting  or  
other  surfaces.  
2. Remove  all  primary  filters  in  air  handling  system(s)  and  dispose  of  as  asbestos-­‐containing  waste.    
Replace  with  new  filters.  
3. After  the  surfaces  have  passed  a  visual  inspection  verifying  that  all  debris  and  residue  has  been  
removed  from  the  sheet  plastic,  allow  a  waiting  period  that  is  long  enough  for  the  HEPA-­‐filtered  
fan  units  operating  in  the  work  area  to  provide  96  air  changes  to  clean  air  of  airborne  asbestos  
fibers.     Use   oscillating   fans   as   necessary   to   assure   circulation   of   air   in   all   parts   of   work   areas  
during   this   period.     Maintain   pressure   differential   system(s)   in   operation   for   the   entire   96   air  
change  period.  
4. Second  Cleaning:    Carry  out  a  second  cleaning  of  all  surfaces  in  the  work  area  in  the  same  manner  
as  the  first  cleaning.  
5. Removal  of  Primary  Barriers:    Immediately  following  the  second  cleaning  of  the  primary  plastic,  
remove   all   primary   barrier   sheeting   and   material   decontamination   unit,   if   there   is   one,   leaving  
only:  
a. Critical  Barrier:    Which  forms  the  sole  barrier  between  the  Work  Area  and  other  portions  
of  the  building  or  the  outside.  
b. Critical  Barrier  Sheeting:    Over  lighting  fixtures,  ventilation  openings,  doorways,  and  other  
openings.  
c. Decontamination  Unit:    For  personnel,  in  operating  condition.  
d. Pressure  Differential  System:    Maintain  in  continuous  operation.  
6. Third  Cleaning:    Carry  out  a  third  cleaning  of  all  surfaces  in  the  work  area  in  the  same  manner  as  
the  first  cleaning  immediately  after  removal  of  primary  barrier  plastic.    This  cleaning  is  now  being  
applied  to  existing  room  surfaces.  
7. Contractor's   Inspection:     At   the   completion   of   the   third   above   cleaning,   visually   inspect   all  
surfaces.     Re-­‐clean   the   work   area   if   any   dust   or   debris   is   found.     At   completion   of   this   inspection,  
sweep   entire   work   area   including   walls,   ceilings,   ledges,   floors   and   other   surfaces   in   the   work  
area  with  exhaust  from  forced-­‐air  equipment  (electric  leaf  blower  or  equivalent).    Do  not  direct  
forced-­‐air  equipment  at  any  seal  in  any  Critical  Barrier.    If  any  debris  or  dust  is  found  repeat  the  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   24  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

cleaning.     Continue   this   process   until   no   debris   dust   or   other   material   is   found   while   sweeping   of  
all  surfaces  with  forced-­‐air  equipment.    After  a  visual  inspection,  again  wait  for  a  period  of  time  
long  enough  for  the  HEPA-­‐filtered  fan  units  operating  in  the  work  area  to  provide  96  air  changes  
to   allow   HEPA   filtered   fan   units   to   clean   air   of   airborne   asbestos   fibers.     Use   oscillating   fans   as  
necessary   to   assure   circulation   of   air   in   all   parts   of   work   areas   during   this   period.     Maintain  
pressure  differential  system  in  operation  for  the  entire  96  air  change  period.  
8. Final  Cleaning:    Carry  out  a  final  cleaning  of  all  surfaces  in  the  work  area  in  the  same  manner  as  
the  previous  cleaning.  
9. Contractor's  Inspection:    After  final  cleaning,  perform  a  complete  visual  inspection  of  the  entire  
work  area  including:    all  surfaces,  ceiling,  walls,  floor,  decontamination  unit,  all  plastic  sheeting,  
seals   over   ventilation   openings,   doorways,   windows,   and   other   openings;   look   for   debris   from  
any   source,   residue   on   surfaces,   dust   or   other   matter.     During   visual   inspection   sweep   entire  
work   area   including   walls,   ceilings,   ledges,   floors,   and   other   surfaces   in   the   room   with   exhaust  
from   forced   air   equipment   (electric   leaf   blower   or   equivalent).     If   any   debris,   residue,   dust   or  
other   matter   is   found   repeat   final   cleaning   and   continue   decontamination   procedure   from   that  
point.    When  the  area  is  visually  clean,  and  if  after  sweeping  of  all  surfaces  with  leaf  blower,  no  
debris,   residue,   dust   or   other   material   is   found,   complete   the   certification   at   the   end   of   this  
section.    Visual  inspection  is  not  complete  until  confirmed  in  writing,  on  the  certification,  by  the  
Owner’s  Representative.  

D. When  cleaning  is  complete,  visual  clearance  will  be  conducted  by  the  Owner’s  Representative  (Engineer)  
of  each  area  (for  non-­‐friable  materials).  

E. Due  to  the  presence  of  friable  materials,  final  clearance  air  sampling  will  be  required.    For  work  areas  
where   containment   has   been   erected,   when   the   work   area   passes   the   Owner’s   Representative's  
(Engineer)   visual   inspection,   and   the   work   area   is   completely   dry,   the   Owner’s   Representative  
(Engineer)  shall  perform  clearance  testing  using  aggressive  air  sampling  techniques.    Air  sampling  will  
be  periodically  in  several  site  visits.  
1. Number   and   Volume   of   Samples:     The   number   and   volume   of   air   samples   given   in   Table   3.14.1   is  
the  minimum  required.    The  exact  number  and  volume  of  samples  collected  by  the  Engineer  may  
increase  depending  upon  job  conditions  and  the  analytical  method  used.  
2. Sampling   sensitivity:     For   transmission   electron   microscopy   (TEM)   analysis,   based   on   a   limit   of  
detection   (LOD)   of   0.005   fibers/   cubic   centimeter   on   the   filter   and   a   95%   confidence   limit,   a  
sample  volume  of  sufficient  size  that  a  single  sample  indicates  compliance  with  the  limit  values  
given  below.    A  sample  must  be  at  or  below  the  LOD  to  indicate  that  it  is  at  or  below  the  limit  
value.      
 
Table  3.14.1  –  Clearance  Sampling  Criteria  Using  TEM  Analysis  
Analytical  
Sensitivity  
Location   Minimum  Number   Approximate   Sampling  Rate  
(structures  
Sampled   of  Samples   Volume  (Liters)   (liters/minute)  
/cubic  
 
centimeter)
Each  work  area   5  per  work  area   0.005   ≥1200   10  
Outside  Each  
5  per  area   0.005   ≥1200   10  
Work  Area  
Work  Area   One  per  set  of   Open  for  30  
0.005   0  
Blank(s)   samples   seconds  
Outside  Work   One  per  set  of   Open  for  30  
0.005   0  
Area  Blank   samples   seconds  
One  per  set  of  
Laboratory  Blank   0.005   0   Do  not  open  
samples  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   25  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

 
3. Analysis:     Analysis   will   be   performed   using   the   analysis   method   set   forth   in   the   AHERA   regulation  
40  CFR  Part  763  Appendix  A  Subpart  E.  
4. Asbestos   Structures:     Referred   to   in   this   section   include   asbestos   fibers,   bundles,   clusters   or  
matrices,  as  defined  by  the  method  of  analysis.  
5. Release  Criteria:    Decontamination  of  the  work  site  is  complete  if  either  of  the  following  two  sets  
of  conditions  are  met:  
a. Work  Area  Samples  are  below  the  filter  background  levels  
1) All   Work   Area   sample   volumes   are   greater   than   1,200   liters   for   a   25   millimeter  
(mm)  sampling  cassette.  
2) The   average   concentration   of   asbestos   of   the   five   Work   Area   Samples   does   not  
exceed   the   filter   background   level   of   70   structures   per   square   millimeter   of   filter  
area.  
b. Work  Area  Samples  are  not  statistically  different  from  Outside  samples  
1) All   sample   volumes   except   for   blanks   are   greater   than   560   liters   for   a   25   mm  
sampling  cassette.  
2) The   average   asbestos   concentration   of   the   three   blanks   is   below   the   filter  
background  level  of  70  structures  per  square  millimeter  of  filter  area.  
3) Average   asbestos   concentrations   in   Work   Area   Samples   are   not   statistically  
different   from   Outside   samples,   as   determined   be   the   Z-­‐test   calculation   found   in  
40  CFR  Part  763,  Subpart  E,  Appendix  A  (Z  is  less  than  or  equal  to  1.65).  

F. After  all  cleaning,  inspections,  and  clearance  requirements  have  been  met:  
 
1. Shut   down   and   remove   the   pressure   differential   system.     Seal   HEPA   filtered   fan   units,   HEPA  
vacuums  and  similar  equipment  with  6  mil  polyethylene  sheet  and  duct  tape  to  form  a  tight  seal  
at  intake  end  before  being  moved  from  work  area.  
2. Remove  personnel  decontamination  unit.  
3. Remove   the   Critical   Barriers   separating   the   Work   Area   from   the   rest   of   the   building   or   the  
outside.     Remove   any   small   quantities   of   residual   material   found   upon   removal   of   the   plastic  
sheeting  with  wet  wiping,  HEPA  filtered  vacuum  cleaners  and  local  area  protection.    If  significant  
quantities,   as   determined   by   the   Inspector,   are   found,   then   the   entire   area   affected   shall   be  
decontaminated.  
4. Remove  all  equipment,  materials,  and  debris  from  the  work  site.  
5. Dispose  of  all  asbestos-­‐containing  waste  material  as  RACM.  

3.16 LOAD-­‐OUT  AND  DISPOSAL  OF  ACM  

A. All   asbestos-­‐containing   material   and   resultant   debris   shall   be   considered   as   RACM.     RACM   shall   be  
handled,   packaged,   transported,   and   disposed   in   accordance   with   OSHA   Standard   29   CFR   1926.1101,  
DOT  49  CFR  171,172  and  173,  and  EPA  Standard  40  CFR  Part  61.  

B. Packaging  of  RACM  shall  conform  to  OSHA  Standard  29  CFR  1926.1101,  DOT  49  CFR  171,172  and  173,  
and  EPA  Standard  40  CFR  Part  61.    RACM  waste  shall  be  placed  in  a  wet  condition  into  properly  labeled  
disposal   bags   or   containers.     Waste   materials   shall   be   double-­‐bagged   or   wrapped   in   two   layers   of   6   mil  
plastic   sheeting   before   load-­‐out   from   the   work   area.     All   air   shall   be   evacuated   from   disposal   bags   with  
a  HEPA  filtered  vacuum  prior  to  sealing.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   26  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

3.17 TRANSPORTATION  AND  DISPOSAL  OF  ASBESTOS  WASTE  

A. Sealed   and   labeled   disposal   bags   or   waste   containers   shall   be   used   to   transport   RACM   waste   to   the  
landfill.    Procedures  for  hauling  and  disposal  shall  comply  with  40  CFR  Part  61,  49  CFR  Part  171  and  172,  
and  other  applicable  state,  regional,  and  local  government  regulations.  

B. The   Contractor   shall   be   responsible   for   the   total   removal   and   disposal   of   materials   in   an   approved  
landfill  as  designated  by  the  Alabama  Department  of  Environmental  Management  (ADEM).  

C. A  properly  completed  "Waste  Shipment  Record"  form  shall  accompany  asbestos  waste  transported  to  a  
disposal  site.    Refer  to  40  CFR  Part  61  for  example  format  of  the  form.  

D. Provide  pedestrian  barricades  and  post  with  visible  Danger  Signs  during  activities  involving  movement  
of   containerized   asbestos   waste   from   the   work   area,   or   when   loading   or   unloading   containerized  
asbestos  waste.    Place  signed  barricade  in  a  manner  that  will  sufficiently  block  passage  of  a  pedestrian  
into   a   waste   handling   area.     Barricade   Danger   Sign   legend,   text   size,   style   and   arrangement   shall  
conform  to  the  requirements  of  EPA  Standard  40  CFR  Part  61.149  (d)(1).  

E. Only   sealed   disposal   containers   are   permitted   to   be   deposited   in   landfill.     Workers   shall   place   asbestos  
waste   in   the   landfill.     Throwing   or   dumping   of   containers   shall   not   be   allowed.     Workers   unloading   and  
handling   the   sealed   bags/drums   at   the   disposal   site   shall   wear   appropriate   personnel   protective  
equipment  including  respirators  and  protective  clothing.  

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   27  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

PART 4 - CERTIFICATE  OF  WORKER'S  ACKNOWLEDGMENT/ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  WORKERS  FORM  


 

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   28  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

 
CERTIFICATE  OF  WORKER'S  ACKNOWLEDGMENT  ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  WORKERS  

PROJECT  NAME/CONTRACT  NUMBER:      


NAME  OF  COMPANY        
NAME  OF  EMPLOYEE         SSN:    
I   ACKNOWLEDGE   AND   UNDERSTAND   THAT   WORKING   WITH   ASBESTOS   CAN   BE   DANGEROUS.     INHALING   ASBESTOS  
FIBERS  HAVE  BEEN  LINKED  WITH  TYPES  OF  LUNG  DISEASE  AND  CANCER.    I  UNDERSTAND  THAT  IF  I  SMOKE  AND  INHALE  
ASBESTOS   FIBERS   THE   CHANCE   OF   DEVELOPING   LUNG   CANCER   IS   GREATER   THAN   THAT   OF   THE   NON-­‐SMOKING  
PUBLIC.  
Your  employer's  contract  for  the  above  project  requires  that:  you  be  provided  with  and  complete  formal  and  project  
specific  training,  you  be  supplied  with  proper  personal  protective  equipment  and  applicable  training  in  its  use,  and  that  
you  receive  a  medical  examination  to  evaluate  your  physical  capacity  to  perform  your  assigned  work  tasks  if  you  wear  a  
respirator   or   your   exposure   to   airborne   asbestos   fibers   is   greater   that   the   OSHA   permissible   exposure   limit   (PEL).    
These  things  are  to  be  done  at  no  cost  to  you.    By  signing  this  certification,  you  are  acknowledging  that  your  employer  
has  met  these  obligations  to  you.  
FILL   IN   BELOW   THOSE   ITEMS   THAT   ARE   APPLICABLE   TO   THE   EMPLOYEE.     NOTE:     EMPLOYER   WILL   BE   REQUIRED   TO  
PROVIDE  VERIFICATION  OF  TRAINING.  
INITIAL   TRAINING:     I   have   completed   an   asbestos   abatement   training   course   for   Workers;   Contractor   /   Supervisor   /  
Class  III  (circle  one)  that  meets  EPA  and  the  State  of  Alabama's  requirements.  
Date  Completed      
REFRESHER  TRAINING:    I  have  completed  annual  refresher  on  the  above  asbestos  training  courses.  
Date  Completed      
MEDICAL  EXAMINATION:    I  have  had  a  medical  examination  within  the  last  twelve  months  which  was  paid  for  by  my  
employer.    I  was  personally  provided  a  copy  and  informed  of  the  results  of  that  examination.    Check  one  below:  
 
A   physician   determined   (there   were   __)   (there   were   no   __)   limitations   to   performing   asbestos   related   work.   Date  
medical  exam  was  performed        
 
Employee  Signature       Date    
Printed  Name      
 
Contractor's  Competent  Person  or  Industrial  Hygienist  
Signature       Date    
Printed  Name      
 

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   29  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

PART 5 - RESPIRATORY  PROTECTION  JUSTIFICATION  FORM  


 

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   30  


    ASBESTOS  ABATEMENT  
RAMSAY-­‐MCCORMACK  BUILDING       TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATIONS  

 
RESPIRATORY  PROTECTION  JUSTIFICATION  
 
Project  Name:      
 
Location:      
 
Date  of  Submittal:      
 
Date(s)  Historic  Monitoring  Data  Was  Collected:      
 
Based   upon   airborne   asbestos   fiber   counts   encountered   on   previous   projects   of   a   similar   type   under   work   place  
conditions  closely  resembling  the  processes,  type  of  material,  control  methods,  work  practices,  and  environmental  
conditions  used  and  prevailing  in  the  Contractor's  current  operations,  the  following  level  of  respiratory  protection  is  
proposed   for   the   indicated   operations   to   maintain   an   airborne   fiber   concentration   below   0.005   fibers   per   cubic  
centimeter  (f/cc)  exposure  limit  inside  the  respirator  facepiece  of  the  abatement  worker.  
 
Operation   Anticipated   Respiratory   Protection   F/CC  in  
F/CC   Protection   Factor   Mask  

Work  Area  Preparation          


Removal  of  friable  ACM          
Removal  of  Non-­‐friable  ACM          
Removal  of  roofing  ACM          
Cleanup  of  ACM  and  debris          
Disposal  of  waste  material  at  landfill          
Other  (describe)          
         
 
The  Contractor  certifies  that  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge  and  belief  the  above  represent  a  true  and  accurate  
representation  of  airborne  fiber  concentrations  expected  for  the  operations  indicated,  and  are  based  upon  airborne  
fiber  data  from  projects  with  similar  materials  and  operations  performed  within  the  past  one  year  period.    If  
requested  by  the  Owner,  the  Contractor  shall  provide  backup  documentation  for  verification  of  the  above  data.  
 
CHECK  ONE:  
  Data  will  serve  as  Negative  Exposure  Assessment  
  Data  will  serve  as  historic  data  only  
Contractor      
Signature       Date    
 

Bhate  Project  No:  9130001   June  2013   31  


REPORT OF SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION
AND GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION
RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BUILDING ADDITIONS
BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA
BUILDING & EARTH PROJECT NO: BH170134

PREPARED FOR:
ArchitectureWorks, LLP

JUNE 12, 2017


Bldg & Earth Office Address
Office_City, Office_State Office_Zip
Ph: (xxx) xxx-xxxx
www.BuildingAndEarth.com

June 12, 2017

ArchitectureWorks, LLP
130 Nineteenth Street South
Birmingham, Alabama 35233

Attention: Cindy Coyle

Subject: Report of Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation


Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions
Birmingham, Alabama
Building & Earth Project No: BH170134

Dear Ms. Coyle:

Building & Earth Sciences, Inc. has completed the authorized subsurface exploration and
geotechnical engineering evaluation for the proposed Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions
located at intersection of Avenue East and 19th Street Ensley in Birmingham, Alabama.

The purpose of this exploration and evaluation was to determine general subsurface conditions
at the site and to address applicable geotechnical aspects of the proposed construction and site
development. The recommendations in this report are based on a physical reconnaissance of the
site and observation and classification of samples obtained from five (5) soil test borings
conducted at the site. Confirmation of the anticipated subsurface conditions during construction
is an essential part of geotechnical services.

We appreciate the opportunity to provide consultation services for the proposed project. If you
have any questions regarding the information in this report or need any additional information,
please call us.

Respectfully Submitted,
BUILDING & EARTH SCIENCES, INC.

Feng Zhu, Ph.D. George P. Ballock, P.E


Senior Geotechnical Engineer Regional Vice President

Birmingham, AL  Auburn, AL  Huntsville, AL  Montgomery, AL  Mobile, AL


Columbus, GA  Louisville, KY  New Orleans, LA  Raleigh, NC  Dunn, NC
Jacksonville, NC  Springdale, AR  Little Rock, AR  Tulsa, OK  Oklahoma City, OK  Durant, OK
Table of Contents 
1.0 PROJECT & SITE DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................... 1 
2.0 SCOPE OF SERVICES ............................................................................................................................................... 3 
3.0 GEOTECHNICAL SITE CHARACTERIZATION ................................................................................................... 4 
3.1 GEOLOGY .................................................................................................................................................................. 5 
3.2 EXISTING SURFACE CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................................... 5 
3.3 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 6 
EXISTING FILL MATERIAL ................................................................................................................................. 6 
RESIDUAL SOILS ............................................................................................................................................... 7 
LIMESTONE BEDROCK ...................................................................................................................................... 7 

AUGER REFUSAL ............................................................................................................................................... 8 


GROUNDWATER ............................................................................................................................................... 8 
SEISMIC SITE CLASSIFICATION ........................................................................................................................ 9 
4.0 SITE DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERATIONS ......................................................................................................... 9 
4.1 INITIAL SITE PREPARATION .................................................................................................................................. 10 
4.2 SUBGRADE EVALUATION ...................................................................................................................................... 10 
4.3 MOISTURE SENSITIVE SOILS ................................................................................................................................ 11 
4.4 UNDERCUTTING OF EXISTING FILL MATERIAL ................................................................................................... 11 
4.5 UNDERCUTTING OF LOW CONSISTENCY SOILS (1-2 STORY BUILDING ADDITIONS) .................................... 12 
4.6 STRUCTURAL FILL .................................................................................................................................................. 12 
4.7 EXCAVATION CONSIDERATIONS.......................................................................................................................... 13 
4.8 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL ................................................................................................................................... 13 
4.9 LANDSCAPING AND DRAINAGE CONSIDERATION ............................................................................................ 13 
4.10 WET WEATHER CONSTRUCTION ...................................................................................................................... 14 
5.0 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................................................................14 
5.1 SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS (1-2 STORY BUILDING ADDITIONS) ...................................................................... 14 
5.2 DRILLED PIERS (10-STORY BUILDING ADDITION) ............................................................................................ 15 
6.0 BELOW GRADE WALLS.........................................................................................................................................18 
7.0 FLOOR SLABS ..........................................................................................................................................................21 
8.0 SUBGRADE REHABILITATION ............................................................................................................................21 
9.0 CONSTRUCTION MONITORING .......................................................................................................................22 
10.0 CLOSING AND LIMITATIONS ..........................................................................................................................22 

APPENDIX

Page | i
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

1.0 PROJECT & SITE DESCRIPTION

The subject site is located at intersection of Avenue East and 19th Street Ensley in
downtown Ensley. Information relative to the proposed site and the proposed
development is listed in Table 1 below. Photographs depicting the current site condition
are presented on the following page.
Development
Detail Description
Item
Size (Ac.) ±0.8
Existing Development Existing 10-story office tower and parking lot
Vegetation Few trees in the northwest area of the site
General Site Slopes No
Retaining Walls No
Drainage Good
Cuts & Fills Minimum cuts and fills (assumed)
No. of Bldgs 3
Square Ft. 14,400

Stories One 10-story building addition and


Two 1-2 story building additions
Construction Unknown
Proposed Column Loads 10-story building addition: Less than 550 kips
Buildings 1-2 story building additions: Less than 250 kips

Wall Loads 10-story building addition: Less than 18 kips per linear foot
1-2 story building additions: Less than 5 kips per linear foot

Preferred Foundation 10-story building addition: Drilled Piers


1-2 story building additions: Conventional shallow foundation

Preferred Slab 10-story building addition: Structural Slab


1-2 story building additions: Concrete slab-on-grade
Table 1: Project and Site Description
Reference: Grading plan was not available at the time of this report. Structural information was provided by
Mr. Owens in an email dated June 6, 2017
Notes:
1. If actual loading conditions exceed the anticipated loads, Building & Earth Sciences should
be allowed to review the proposed structural design and its effects on our recommendations
for foundation design.
2. When the site and grading plan are finalized, Building & Earth should be allowed to review
the plans and their effects on our recommendations.

Page | 1
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

Figure 1: Site Photo – North side of building (looking south)

Figure 2: Site Photo – Northeast of building (looking west)

Page | 2
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

2.0 SCOPE OF SERVICES

The authorized subsurface exploration was performed on May 25 and 26, 2017 in
conformance with our proposal BH19039, dated May 2, 2017. Occasionally some
modification of the scope outlined in our proposal is required to provide for proper
evaluation of the encountered subsurface conditions.

The purpose of the geotechnical exploration was to determine general subsurface


conditions at specific boring locations and to gather data on which to base a geotechnical
evaluation with respect to the proposed construction. The subsurface exploration for this
project consisted of five (5) soil test borings. Two (2) of the borings were extended beyond
their auger refusal depth using rock coring techniques to evaluate the rock at those
locations. The site was drilled using a CME 550 ATV Drill rig equipped with an automatic
hammer.

Two piezometers were installed at the site for long-term groundwater monitoring. The
soil boring and piezometer locations were determined in the field by a representative of
our staff by measuring distances from existing site features. As such, the boring and
piezometer locations shown on the Boring Location Plan attached to this report should
be considered approximate.

The soil samples recovered during our site investigation were visually classified and
specific samples were selected by the project engineer for laboratory analysis. The
laboratory analysis consisted of:

 Ten (10) Natural Moisture Content Tests.


 Four (4) Atterberg Limits Tests.
 Four (4) Unconfined Compression Tests on rock samples.

The results of the laboratory analysis are presented on the enclosed Boring Logs and in
tabular form in the Appendix of this report. Descriptions of the laboratory tests that were
performed are also included in the Appendix.

The information gathered from the exploration was evaluated to determine a suitable
foundation type for the proposed structure. The information was also evaluated to help
determine if any special subgrade preparation procedures will be required during the
earthwork phase of the project.

The results of the work are presented within this report that addresses:

Page | 3
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

 Site geology and potential impact on the site development.


 Summary of existing surface conditions.
 A description of the subsurface conditions encountered at the soil test boring
locations including a description of the groundwater conditions observed in the
boreholes during drilling, as well as long-term groundwater monitoring.
 Rock Quality Designations (RQD).
 Presentation of laboratory test results.
 Evaluation of appropriate Deep Foundations.
 Recommendations to be used for foundation design, including appropriate
foundation types, bearing pressures and depths, and settlement estimates.
 Site preparation considerations including material types to be expected at the site
and treatment of unsuitable soils, if encountered.
 Compaction requirements and recommended criteria to establish suitable material
for structural backfill.
 Mapped Spectral Accelerations for short periods and at 1-second period (SS and
S1, respectively).
 Site coefficients (Fa and Fv).
 Maximum Considered Spectral Response Accelerations for short periods and at 1-
second period (SMS and SM1, respectively).
 Design Spectral Response Accelerations for short periods and at 1-second period
(SDS and SD1, respectively).
 Recommendations for retaining walls and below grade walls, including coefficient
of friction and earth pressure coefficients.

3.0 GEOTECHNICAL SITE CHARACTERIZATION

The following discussion is intended to create a general understanding of the site from a
geotechnical engineering perspective. It is not intended to be a discussion of every
potential geotechnical issue that may arise, nor to provide every possible interpretation
of the conditions identified. The following conditions and subsequent recommendations
are based on the assumption that significant changes in subsurface conditions do not
occur between boreholes. However, anomalous conditions can occur due to variations in
existing fill that may be present at the site, or the geologic conditions at the site, and it

Page | 4
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

will be necessary to evaluate the assumed conditions during site grading and foundation
installation.

3.1 GEOLOGY
Based on published information the site is underlain by the Conasauga Formation of
Cambrian Age. The Conasauga Formation typically consists of thin-to-medium-bedded
limestone with thin partings of shale. The beds are usually folded and fractured.
Weathering of this formation results in a clayey or silty-clay soil that ranges from 5 to 50+
feet in thickness. The bedrock surface is highly irregular. Pinnacles may project to the
surface, and limestone boulders and fragments occur throughout the soil zone. The
formation is also susceptible to vertical clay filled slots and seams.

Published geologic literature indicates that the Conasauga Formation is prone to the
development of sinkholes. Although the site is prone to the development of sinkholes,
there is no certainty that a sinkhole or other related features will or will not develop in the
future. However, this area is much more susceptible to sinkhole development than an area
underlain by sandstone or shale. Voids were not encountered during our field
exploration, however, it is noted that no water return was obtained during rock
coring in boring B-05.

Key factors involved in the absence or presence of sinkhole activity in a particular area are
the presence of soluble, carbonate rock and the movement of groundwater through the
rock. As groundwater is moved from carbonate strata, cavities or voids within the rock
that were once water-filled become open. Residual clay overlying the voids and situated
between the bedrock and ground surface begins to "spall" or migrate into these voids.
This spalling results in new voids which are located in the clay. As spalling continues
upward, the overlying clay eventually can no longer support itself and a depression forms
at the surface, resulting in a sinkhole.

Based on the Engineering Geology of the Adamsville Quadrangle, Alabama (1979) the site
is located approximately 0.2 miles east of a trust fault and about 1 mile away from an area
identified as most susceptible to subsidence by sinkhole collapse.

3.2 EXISTING SURFACE CONDITIONS


At the time of our field exploration, a portion of the subject site was occupied by the
Ramsay-McCormack building, also known as the Bank of Ensley building. The Ramsay-
McCormack building is a 10-story, 144 feet tall art-deco style office tower, with basement,
completed in 1929. The building is currently surrounded by a chain link fence. Light grass
and a few scattered trees were observed mostly on the northwest side of the building. To

Page | 5
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

the east of the building is a small parking lot and alleyway. To the north of the building is
a gravel lot. A previous building was located on the northern half of the gravel lot. Based
on the available Google Earth aerial image of the site, this building appears to have been
demolished at some time between December 2003 and April 2005.
Approximately 3 to 4 inches of topsoil were encountered in borings B-01, B-04 and B-05.
Approximately 3 inches of gravel were encountered at the surface of boring B-02. In
boring B-03, approximately 4 inches of concrete and 6 inches of aggregate base material
were encountered at the surface. The topsoil, concrete and base depths reported on the
boring logs should only be construed as an estimate and actual conditions during
construction will vary. The topsoil, root zone, concrete, and aggregate base layers may be
thicker in unexplored areas of the site, which can affect the quantities of material removed
during site grading.

3.3 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS


A generalized stratification summary has been prepared using data from the soil test
borings and is presented in the table below. The stratification depicts the general soil
conditions and strata types encountered during our field investigation.

Stratum Typical Description Consistency


No. Thickness
1 3 - 10 in. Topsoil, Gravel, Concrete and Base N/A
Existing Fill – Fat Clay (CH) or Sandy Clay Medium Stiff to Very Stiff/
2 1.2 ft.
(SC) Loose to Medium Dense
Typically Medium Stiff to Very
3 16.5 – 41.5 ft. Residual soils – Lean Clay (CL)
Stiff
Bedrock - Weathered Limestone (B-04 Very Poor to Good rock mass
4 22.7 - 27 ft.
and B-05, only) quality
Table 2: Stratification Summary

Subsurface soil profiles have also been prepared based on the data obtained at the
specific boring locations. The subsurface soil profiles are presented in the Appendix. For
specific details on the information obtained from individual soil borings, please refer to
the Boring Logs included in the Appendix. The elevations of the borings indicated in this
report were estimated from Google Earth.

EXISTING FILL MATERIAL


Existing fill was encountered in all borings beneath the topsoil, gravel or base material.
The existing fill layer typically extended to depths of 1.5 to 2.0 feet below the existing
ground surface. The existing fill layer consisted of fat clay (CH) or clayey sand (SC).

Page | 6
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

In borings B-01 and B-02 the existing fill layer consisted of fat clay and extended to
approximately 1.5 to 2 feet below the ground surface. The fat clay was generally medium
stiff to very stiff and was dark brown and reddish brown in color. In borings B-04 and B-
05 the existing fill consisted of very loose to loose clayey sands (SC) and extended to
approximately 1.5 below the ground surface. The Standard Penetration Test (SPT) N-
values within the fill layer ranged from 5 to 20 Based on the N-values, the existing fill
layer appears to be poorly to moderately compacted. Trace of rock, asphalt, glass, bricks
and concrete fragments were observed in the samples from the fill layer.

The moisture content of the fill samples tested ranged from approximately 10 to 21
percent. Atterberg Limits Tests performed on a selected SC fill sample exhibited low
plasticity with a Liquid Limit of (LL) of 29 and a Plasticity Index (PI) of 15.

RESIDUAL SOILS
Residual soils, materials formed by the in-place weathering of the parent bedrock, were
encountered in all boring locations below the existing fill layer and extended to auger
refusal depths. The residual soils consisted of lean clay (CL). The CL soils were generally
medium stiff to very stiff. Low consistency soils (N≤6) were encountered in the upper 5
feet of the CL soils in all of borings except B-02. N-values below 5 feet typically increased
with depth.

The moisture content of selected CL samples tested ranged from approximately 15 to 23


percent. Atterberg Limits Tests performed on selected CL soils samples exhibited low to
medium plasticity with Liquid Limits (LL) between 24 and 34 and Plasticity Indices (PI)
between 9 and 20.

LIMESTONE BEDROCK

Auger refusal was encountered in all of borings at depths ranging from 18.5 to 43 feet
below existing grades. Borings B-04, and B-05 were extended past their refusal depths
using rock coring techniques and were terminated at depths ranging from 47.7 to 59.8
feet below existing grades. Rock cores were obtained below the refusal level to evaluate
the character and continuity of the refusal material or rock mass. Additional information
such as recovery, rock quality designation (RQD), and unconfined compressive strength
results are included in the Appendix.

In general, the bedrock consisted primarily of limestone. Very poor limestone rock mass
quality was encountered in boring B-05 with RQD value of 0%. The coring advance in
boring B-05 was very slow and very little sample recovery occurred. This could be due to
issues with the coring equipment or to the nature of the rock material. There were no

Page | 7
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

voids or very soft zones encountered in boring B-05. Coring advance in boring B-04 was
significantly faster. Sample recovery was also good in boring B-04. The limestone
generally exhibited fair to good rock mass quality in boring B-04. Recovery in boring B-
04 generally ranged from 45% to 100%, except in Run #2 (27.8 to 32.8 feet), where a
recovery of 13% was recorded. Due to the very limited recovery in boring B-05, rock core
compressive strength test results obtained from boring B-04 were used for the analysis in
this report. Photographs of the rock cores are included in the Appendix.

AUGER REFUSAL
Auger refusal is the drilling depth at which the borehole can no longer be advanced using
soil drilling procedures. Auger refusal can occur on hard soil, boulders, buried debris or
bedrock. Coring is required to sample the material below auger refusal. Auger refusal
was encountered in all borings at the depths below.

Boring No. Depth (ft) Boring No. Depth (ft)


B-01 27.0 B-04 25.0
B-02 43.0 B-05 28.0
B-03 18.5
Table 3: Auger Refusal Depths

GROUNDWATER
At the time of drilling, groundwater was encountered in four of the five borings at depths
ranging from 18.5 feet to 29 feet below the surface. At the end of drilling, groundwater
was measured in 3 of the borings at depths ranging from 9 to 12 feet below the existing
surface elevation. Water levels reported are accurate only for the time and date reported.
The borings were backfilled the same day that they were drilled. Piezometers were
installed on 5/26/17 in P-01 and P-02 to provide longer term groundwater elevation
information. Groundwater data is included in the following table.
Groundwater Groundwater Groundwater
Boring
Depth at time Depth at end Depth On
No.
of drilling (ft) of drilling (ft) 6/8/17 (ft)
B-01 27.0 9.0 -
B-02 29.0 -
B-03 18.5 12.0 10.0
B-05 27.5 9.0 -
P-01* - 10.3
P-02* - 7.5
Table 4: Groundwater Depth
* Piezometer was installed.

Page | 8
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

SEISMIC SITE CLASSIFICATION


Evaluation of the seismic site classification is summarized in the following table.
Basis of Evaluation Recommended Site Classification

2015 International Building Code (IBC) and ASCE 7, Chapter 20 C

The SeisOpt® refraction microtremor (ReMi®) method was used to determine the Seismic Site Class of
the building areas. SeisOpt® ReMi® Vs30 software uses data from conventional seismograph and P-wave
geophones to estimate average shear wave velocities and one and two-dimensional shear wave profiles
to a depth of 100 feet below the existing site grades. These velocities are used to classify a building site
with the IBC site Class A through E designation. The average shear wave velocity (Vs) in the upper 100
feet was 2405 feet per second (ft/s) on 18th Ave and 2451 feet per second (ft/s) on Ave E. The results of
the shear wave velocity analysis are included in the Appendix.
Table 5: Seismic Site Classification

According to Figure 1613.3.1(1) of the IBC 2015, the project site has a mapped 0.2 second
spectral response acceleration (Ss) of 0.268g. Based on Figure 1613.3.1(2), the project has
a mapped 1.0 second spectral response acceleration (S1) of 0.106g.

Using Tables 1613.3.3(1) and 1613.3.3(2), the mapped spectral accelerations, and Site
Class C; the site coefficients Fa and Fv have been determined to be 1.2 and 1.69,
respectively. The maximum considered spectral response accelerations, SMS and SM1, were
determined to be 0.321g and 0.180g, respectively. The design spectral response
accelerations, SDS and SD1, were determined to be 0.214g and 0.120g, respectively.

4.0 SITE DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERATIONS

A grading plan was not available at the time of this report. Based on the existing
topography, we assumed grades will remain virtually unchanged. Depending on the final
building configuration more significant cuts could be required due to the existing
retaining wall at the east property boundary.

Based on our evaluation of the subsurface soil information, and the anticipated
foundation loads, it appears that the 10-story building addition construction can be
supported on deep foundations (drilled piers) and the two 1-2 story building additions
can be supported on conventional shallow foundations. If a different type of
foundation system is preferred, Building & Earth should be allowed to review the
site development recommendations to verify that they are appropriate for the
preferred foundation system.

The primary geotechnical concerns for this project are:

Page | 9
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

 The presence of low consistency soils (N ≤ 6) in the upper 5 feet across the site.
 The presence, compaction and composition of the existing fill material.
 The presence of relatively shallow groundwater.
 Moisture sensitive soils encountered throughout the site.

Recommendations addressing the site conditions are presented in the following sections.

4.1 INITIAL SITE PREPARATION


All trees, roots, topsoil, gravel, concrete and deleterious materials should be removed
from the proposed construction areas. Approximately 3 to 10 inches of topsoil, gravel,
concrete and base material were observed in the borings. Undercutting will be required
to remove the existing fill material and low consistency soil encountered across the site.
A geotechnical engineer should observe stripping and grubbing operations to evaluate
that all unsuitable materials are removed from locations for proposed construction.

Because of past use of the site, buried structures could be encountered such as
foundations, utility lines, septic tanks, etc. If encountered, they should be removed
and backfilled in accordance with requirements outlined in the Structural Fill section
of this report.

Materials disturbed during clearing operations should be stabilized in place or, if


necessary, undercut to undisturbed materials and backfilled with properly compacted,
approved structural fill.

During site preparation activities, the contractor should identify borrow source materials
that will be used as structural fill and provide samples to the testing laboratory so that
conformance to the Structural Fill requirements outlined below and appropriate moisture-
density relationship curves can be determined.

4.2 SUBGRADE EVALUATION


We recommend that the project geotechnical engineer or a qualified representative
evaluate the subgrade after the site is prepared. Some unsuitable or unstable areas may
be present in unexplored areas of the site. All areas that will require fill or that will support
structures should be carefully proofrolled with a heavy (40,000 # minimum), rubber-tired
vehicle at the following times.

 After an area has been stripped, and undercut if required, prior to the
placement of any fill.

Page | 10
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

 After grading an area to the finished subgrade elevation in a building or


pavement area.
 After areas have been exposed to any precipitation, and/or have been exposed
for more than 48 hours.

Some instability may exist during construction, depending on climatic and other factors
immediately preceding and during construction. If any soft or otherwise unsuitable soils
are identified during the proofrolling process, they must be undercut or stabilized prior
to fill placement, pavement construction, or floor slab construction. All unsuitable material
identified during the construction shall be removed and replaced in accordance with the
Structural Fill section of this report.

4.3 MOISTURE SENSITIVE SOILS


Moisture sensitive lean clays (CL) and clayey sands (SC) were encountered across most of
the site during the subsurface exploration. These soils will degrade if allowed to become
saturated. Therefore, not allowing water to pond by maintaining positive drainage and
temporary dewatering methods (if required) is important to help avoid degradation and
softening of the soils.

The contractor should anticipate some difficulty during the earthwork phase of this
project if moisture levels are moderate to high during construction. Increased moisture
levels will soften the subgrade and the soils may become unstable under the influence of
construction traffic. Accordingly, construction during wet weather conditions should be
avoided, as this could result in soft and unstable soil conditions that would require ground
modification, such as in place stabilization or undercutting.

4.4 UNDERCUTTING OF EXISTING FILL MATERIAL


Previously placed fill material was encountered in all of the borings. We do not know the
quality or origin of the fill, nor whether density tests were performed during its placement.
Our limited data indicates that the fill was poorly to moderately compacted during
placement. Traces of rock fragments and debris such as brick, asphalt, concrete, and glass
fragments were noted in the samples from the fill layer. We recommend that the existing
fill layer be completely undercut in the proposed building areas and replaced with new
approved structural fill. The undercutting should extend at least 5 feet horizontally outside
the proposed building areas. Areas outside the building pad should be carefully evaluated
during construction and selectively undercut if necessary.

Page | 11
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

The undercutting should be conducted under the observation of the geotechnical


engineer or his representative. Once the undercut is complete, the areas planned for
construction should be proofrolled in order to identify any soft soils requiring removal.

4.5 UNDERCUTTING OF LOW CONSISTENCY SOILS (1-2 STORY BUILDING ADDITIONS)


Low consistency soils (N≤6) were encountered in all of the borings within the building
footprint in the upper 5 feet, with the exception of boring B-02. Low consistency soils
should be undercut to a stable, suitable subgrade. Approximately 5 feet of undercutting
is expected in the vicinity of B-01 and B-03 to remove the existing fill layer and the upper
low consistency residual soils. The undercutting should extend laterally 5 feet outside the
building footprint. In parking areas, the low consistency soils should be undercut to a
stable subgrade or to one foot below the planned grade (bottom of base layer) and
stabilized using a layer of geogrid (TX-140) and at least 12 inches of dense graded base
material, if necessary. The undercutting should be conducted under the observation of
the geotechnical engineer or his representative.

Some unsuitable or unstable areas may be present in unexplored areas of the site. Once
the undercut is complete, the areas planned for construction should be proofrolled in
order to identify any additional soft soils requiring removal.

The undercut soils should be replaced with structural fill. Clean, non-organic, non-
saturated soils taken from the undercut area can be re-used as structural fill. The
placement procedure, compaction and composition of the structural fill must meet the
requirements of the Structural Fill section of this report.

4.6 STRUCTURAL FILL


Requirements for structural fill on this project are as follows:
Soil Type USCS
Property Requirements Placement Location
Classification
GW, GP, GM,
Sand and All locations and depths with proper
SW, SP, SM or Maximum 2” particle size
Gravel drainage.
combinations

Clay CL, SC, GC LL<50, PI<25, d>100 pcf All locations and depths.

Clay CH N/A Not suitable for structural fill.

Silt ML, MH N/A Not suitable for structural fill.

On-site soils CL, SC As listed above As listed above.


Table 6: Structural Fill Requirements

Page | 12
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

Notes:
1. LL indicates the soil Liquid Limit; PI indicates the soil Plasticity Index; d indicates the maximum dry
density as defined by the density standard outlined in the table below.
2. Laboratory testing of the soils proposed for fill must be performed in order to verify their
conformance with the above recommendations.
3. Any fill to be placed at the site should be reviewed by the geotechnical engineer.

Placement requirements for structural fill are as follows:

Specification Requirement

Maximum 8-inch loose lifts when compacted with large heavy compaction
Lift Thickness equipment. Maximum 6-inch loose lifts when compacted with lightweight
compaction equipment (thinner lifts may be required in confined locations).
Minimum of 98 percent of maximum dry density as defined by ASTM D698 at all
Density
locations and depths.
± 2 percent of optimum moisture as defined by ASTM D698 for cohesive soils. For
cohesionless soils with greater than 12 percent passing the US Standard No. 200
Moisture
sieve, ± 3 of optimum moisture as defined above. Moisture requirement is waived for
cohesionless soils with less than 12 percent passing the No. 200 sieve.
One test per 2,500 sf in building areas and one test per 5,000 sf in pavement areas
Density Testing
with minimum of 3 tests per lift. One test per 200 feet of trench backfill with minimum
Frequency
of 2 tests per lift.
Table 7: Structural Fill Placement Requirements

4.7 EXCAVATION CONSIDERATIONS


All excavations performed at the site should follow OSHA guidelines for temporary
excavations. Excavated soils should be stockpiled according to OSHA regulations to limit
the potential cave-in of soils.

4.8 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL


All utility trenches must be backfilled and compacted in the manner specified above for
structural fill. It may be necessary to reduce the lift thickness to 4 to 6 inches to achieve
compaction using hand-operated equipment.

4.9 LANDSCAPING AND DRAINAGE CONSIDERATION


The potential for soil moisture fluctuations within building areas and pavement subgrades
should be reduced to lessen the potential of subgrade movement. Site grading should
include positive drainage away from buildings and pavements. Excessive irrigation of
landscaping poses a risk of saturating and softening soils below shallow footings and

Page | 13
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

pavements, which could result in settlement of footings and premature failure of


pavements.

4.10 WET WEATHER CONSTRUCTION


Excessive movement of construction equipment across the site during wet weather may
result in ruts, which will collect rainwater, prolonging the time required to dry the
subgrade soils.

During rainy periods, additional effort will be required to properly prepare the site and
establish/maintain an acceptable subgrade. The difficulty will increase in areas where clay
or silty soils are exposed at the subgrade elevation. Grading contractors typically
postpone grading operations during wet weather to wait for conditions that are more
favorable. Contractors can typically disk or aerate the upper soils to promote drying
during intermittent periods of favorable weather. When deadlines restrict postponement
of grading operations, additional measures such as undercutting and replacing saturated
soils or stabilization can be utilized to facilitate placement of additional fill material.

5.0 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS

According to provided preliminary loading information, column loads will be less than
550 kips and wall loads will be less than 18 kips per linear foot for the 10-story building
addition construction. Column loads will be less than 250 kips and wall loads will be less
than 5 kips per linear foot for the 1-2 story building addition construction. If actual
loading conditions exceed our anticipated loads, Building & Earth Sciences should
be allowed to review the proposed structural design and its effects on our
recommendations for foundation design.

5.1 SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS (1-2 STORY BUILDING ADDITIONS)


Based on the conditions encountered during our field investigation and after our site
preparation and grading recommendations are implemented, the proposed 1-2 story
building additions can be supported on conventional shallow foundations designed using
an allowable soil bearing capacity of 2,500 psf.

Even though computed footing dimensions may be less, column footings should be at
least 24 inches wide and strip footings should be at least 18 inches wide. These
dimensions facilitate hand cleaning of footing subgrades disturbed by the excavation
process and the placement of reinforcing steel. They also reduce the potential for
localized punching shear failure. All exterior footings should bear at least 24 inches
below the adjacent exterior grade. Total settlement of footings designed and
constructed as recommended above should be 1 inch or less.

Page | 14
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

5.2 DRILLED PIERS (10-STORY BUILDING ADDITION)


Drilled piers are a commonly used deep foundation system for heavy settlement sensitive
structures. Drilled piers extended to continuous, competent rock can be used to support
the proposed building. Using this approach, an auger is used to excavate soil; and rock
removal techniques are used to remove broken or discontinuous rock to reach a
competent bearing strata. The excavation is kept open using temporary casing, which is
removed as concrete is placed in the shaft to complete the foundation.

A design decision to be addressed when using rock sockets is whether to neglect one or
the other component of resistance (side or base), for the purpose of evaluating the drilled
pier capacity. For strong rock, the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) recommends
to use either side friction or end bearing resistance only, but not both. It is our opinion
that the use of drilled piers sized for only end bearing is appropriate for this site for the
following reasons:

 The drilled pier base will be bearing in rock which is either massive or tightly
jointed. The unconfined compressive strength of the limestone tested ranged from
approximately 8.06 ksi to 15.39 ksi. The presence of cavities, voids or soft soil seams
can be verified with test probes.
 The conditions are suitable for the preparation of a clean base. This can be verified
by visual observation prior to concrete placement.
 The amount of rock removal is a major factor in the drilled pier foundation costs.
The use of a high allowable end bearing capacity will reduce the amount of rock
removal required for the shafts.

The depth of the upper rock surface varied from 18.5 to 28 feet below the existing ground
surface. Hard rock excavation will be required in order to prepare a level bearing surface
for the drilled piers. The amount of rock excavated will vary at any particular location. The
amount of rock excavation required to achieve a suitable bearing condition will have a
major impact on the foundation construction costs. Based on the information obtained at
the core locations, we anticipate that competent bedrock will be encountered on or near
the rock surface. For preliminary budgeting purposes, we recommend that rock
excavation quantities averaging twice the pier diameter be used in areas of competent
rock. A concrete overage factor of 1.4 times the neat shaft volume is also recommended.
The table below summarizes the approximate depths and elevations where rock surface
and competent rock were encountered at each boring location.

Page | 15
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

Boring Approximate Depth to Rock Approximate Elevation of Rock


Number Surface (ft) Surface (ft)
B-04 25.0 523.0
B-05 40.0 507.0
Table 8: Summary of Subsurface Conditions for Drilled Piers
Notes:
1. The depths provided in this table are measured from the existing ground surface.
2. The depths and elevations of competent rock are based on evaluation of rock cores
extracted at the boring locations or auger refusal depth and may not depict all
conditions within the subject site.
3. The elevations of the borings were estimated from Google Earth.

A factor of safety of 3.0 was used for the drilled pier analysis. We recommend that at least
10 feet of continuous rock be present below the bottom of the drilled shaft. The following
table summarizes the design parameters for drilled piers bearing in continuous limestone:

Parameter Value
Minimum Diameter 30 in.
Allowable End Bearing Pressure 130 ksf
Allowable Skin Friction for Uplift Resistance 7.6 ksf (concrete on rock socket)
Minimum Spacing 3 x Pier Diameter
Group Reduction Factor None*
* We understand that pier groups will not be used.

Table 9: Design Parameters for Drilled Piers

Estimated settlements were calculated using SHAFT® (Version 2012.7.10). The anticipated
settlement values were less than 0.35 inch for a 30-inch diameter pier. The anticipated
settlement of larger piers is less than that estimated for the 30-inch pier.

A Building & Earth engineer or qualified representative should observe the installation of
production piers to check that the installation criteria are implemented. Test holes must
be performed in order to verify rock continuity. A minimum of one 2-inch diameter
test hole should be drilled in each pier excavation. The test hole should be drilled in
the center of the pier excavation, and should extend a minimum of twice the pier
diameter, or 10 feet, whichever is greater. We recommend that drilled piers have a
minimum diameter of 30 inches to allow for cleaning and reviewing the exposed bearing
surface. Loose material and fractured rock should be removed from the bearing surface.
Bearing elevations will be adjusted based on actual conditions encountered. Alternative
recommendations can be provided if anomalous or unforeseen conditions occur.

Page | 16
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

Proper installation of drilled piers is essential to the success of the foundation system. In
addition to structural considerations, certain safety hazards to personnel exist during
construction and observation. The following guidelines should be observed during the
installation of drilled piers:

 Prior to shaft entry or inspection:


o Install metal casing in excavations over 4 feet or where the risk of sidewall
collapse is present.
o Monitor subsurface atmosphere with appropriate gas detection equipment.
o Outfit personnel with OSHA (or MSHA) approved safety equipment including
harness and separate safety line.

 Concrete Placement:
o Concrete slump of 5 to 8 inches.
o The concrete may be placed by “free-fall” if the concrete is not allowed to strike
the reinforcement or the sides of the temporary casing. Otherwise, tremies or
centering chutes should be used.
o Clean bearing and socket surface of loose debris.
o Place concrete the same day excavation is completed.
o Maintain positive head of concrete during casing removal to prevent
contamination.

 Should water enter the excavation:


o Maintain a maximum water level of less than 2 inches.
o Continue dewatering until concrete is placed.

 Should water infiltration exceed pump limits:


o Allow water to attain static level.
o Pump or tremie concrete to bottom of excavation.
o Maintain a minimum 5 feet hose tremie embedment into the concrete during
placement.

The analysis of uplift effects was not included in our scope of services. The length and
diameter required to resist uplift loads should be determined by the structural engineer
of record, applying the provided skin friction uplift resistance. We understand that the

Page | 17
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

lateral evaluation of the drilled pier will be performed by the structural engineer. Soil
parameters to be used for the evaluation of individual pier behavior under lateral loading
conditions are presented in the Appendix. The soil parameters were estimated based on
visual inspection of the soil and rock samples, laboratory test results, SPT N-values and
engineering judgment.

The following items should be considered during the preparation of construction


documents and foundation installation:

 The geotechnical engineer of record should observe the exposed foundation


bearing surfaces prior to concrete placement to verify that the conditions
anticipated during the subsurface exploration are encountered.
 All bearing surfaces must be free of soft or loose soil prior to placing concrete.
 Concrete should be placed the same day the excavations are completed and
bearing materials verified by the engineer. If the excavations are left open for an
extended period, or if the bearing surfaces are disturbed after the initial
observation, then the bearing surfaces should be reevaluated prior to concrete
placement.
 Water should not be allowed to pond in foundation excavations prior to concrete
placement or above the concrete after the foundation is completed.
 Wherever possible, the foundation concrete should be placed “neat”, using the
sides of the excavations as forms. Where this is not possible, the excavations
created by forming the foundations must be backfilled with suitable structural fill
and properly compacted.
 The building pad should be sloped to drain away from the building foundations.
 Roof drains should be routed away from the foundation soils.

6.0 BELOW GRADE WALLS

We understand that below grade walls are planned for the site development. The below
grade walls planned at the site should bear into newly placed structural fill or residual soil,
and may be dimensioned for an allowable bearing pressure of 2,500 psf.
We typically recommend that all below grade walls be backfilled with free-draining
granular fill such as No. 57 stone (ASTM D448). The lowest earth pressures are developed
when stone fill is placed in the zone defined by projecting a 1(H):1(V) line from the base
of the wall to the finished subgrade elevation / ground surface as shown in Figure 7. If
soil is used for backfill, the pressures will be greater and, as a minimum, a drainage blanket

Page | 18
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

(at least 2 feet wide) should be used so that hydrostatic pressure does not develop on the
wall. A layer of suitable filtration fabric, such as Amoco/ProPex 4545 or Mirafi N140 or
equivalent, should be placed between the soil and stone backfill to reduce migration of
soil fines into the drainage zone behind the wall.

Because the stone fill behind the wall may support structures, the fill must be placed and
compacted in a systematic manner. The stone fill should be placed in lifts not exceeding
six (6) inches and compacted using a vibratory plate compactor. Because density tests
cannot be performed in open graded aggregate, the fill placement and compaction
should be visually monitored.

The following earth pressures are recommended for design of stem walls (if any) and
below-grade walls. At rest parameters should be used to design walls that are not allowed
to rotate or translate. Appropriate surcharge loads must be included in the design.

Soil Parameters and Earth Pressure Values

Equivalent Fluid Unit Weights for


Soil Parameters
Active & At-Rest Earth Pressures (pcf)*

Backfill Material Effective


Wet Unit Weight Angle of Active
At-Rest Condition
(pcf) Internal Condition
Friction

ASTM No. 57 Stone 110 36° 45 30

Residual Soil 120 36° 67 47

Structural Fill 125 28° 66 45

Table No. 10: Soil Parameters and Earth Pressure Values


* Assumes level backfill and no surcharge loading
Note: A triaxial test was not performed for determination of soil parameters. Soil parameters were instead
estimated based on N-values, our experience with similar soils, and engineering judgment only.

Lateral earth pressures are greater for walls with free-draining material placed in a zone
steeper than the 1(H):1(V) projection recommended above. In that case, we recommend
that walls be designed using the soil parameter values for structural fill as shown in the
table above.

The recommended lateral earth pressure values are based on a fully-drained condition. If
hydrostatic pressure is allowed to build up behind walls, additional pressures will develop.
The No. 57 aggregate backfill will function as a drainage blanket. The drainage blanket

Page | 19
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

should have a minimum width of 2 feet and should be wrapped in filter fabric to minimize
intrusion of fines. A perforated drain line should be installed at the base of the wall
footing and should extend to a sump where water can be collected and removed or drains
should discharge by gravity flow to a suitable outfall.

Generalized below grade wall schematics are presented below.

Figure 3: Wall Backfill Details

Lateral pressures arising from surcharge loading, earthquake loading, and groundwater,
should be added to the above earth pressures to determine the total lateral pressures. In
addition, transient loads imposed on the retaining walls by construction equipment
during backfilling should be taken into consideration. Excessively heavy grading
equipment (that could impose temporary excessive lateral pressures) should not be
allowed within 5 feet (horizontally) of the walls.

Passive earth pressures of materials adjacent to the retaining wall footings as well as
bearing material friction at the footing bases may be used to resist shear. The following

Page | 20
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

table presents recommended allowable friction coefficient values and passive earth
pressure values for the anticipated materials.

Soil Parameter Values Resisting Shear

Friction Passive Earth Pressure, Equivalent


Material Description
Coefficient Fluid Unit Weight, PCF

Residual and Compacted Structural Fill 0.3 300

Table No. 11: Soil Parameter Values Resisting Shear

The use of passive resistance requires that the material adjacent to the footing base not
be removed (for utility installation, excavation, etc.)

7.0 FLOOR SLABS

Site development recommendations presented in this report should be followed to


provide for subgrade conditions suitable for support of grade supported slabs. Floor
slabs will be supported on stiff residual soil or newly placed structural fill.

Floor slabs for the proposed building should be supported on a minimum four (4) inches
thick compacted layer of free-draining, granular material, such as AASHTO No. 610 or 57
stone. The purpose of this layer is to serve as a leveling course and act as a capillary break
for moisture migration through the subgrade soil.

Depending on the proposed floor covering, consideration should be given to the use of
a polyethylene vapor barrier. The slabs should be appropriately reinforced (if required) to
support the proposed loads.

With addition of the granular material, an effective modulus of subgrade reaction of 150
pci can be used in the design of grade supported building floor slabs.

8.0 SUBGRADE REHABILITATION

The subgrade soils often become disturbed during the period between initial site grading
and construction of surface improvements. The amount and depth of disturbance will
vary with soil type, weather conditions, construction traffic, and drainage.

The engineer should evaluate the subgrade soil during final grading and prior to stone
placement to verify that the subgrade is suitable to receive pavement base or floor slabs.
The final evaluation may include proofrolling or density tests.

Page | 21
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

Subgrade rehabilitation can become a point of controversy when different contractors are
responsible for mass and final grading. The construction documents should specifically
state which contractor will be responsible for maintaining and rehabilitating the subgrade.
Rehabilitation may include wetting, mixing, and re-compacting soils that have dried
excessively or drying soils that have become wet.

9.0 CONSTRUCTION MONITORING

Field verification of site conditions is an essential part of the services provided by the
geotechnical consultant. In order to confirm our recommendations, it will be necessary
for Building & Earth personnel to make periodic visits to the site during site grading.
Typical construction monitoring services are listed below.

 Periodic observation and consultation by a member of our engineering staff during


site development.
 Continuous monitoring during structural fill placement.
 Continuous monitoring during drilled pier installation.
 Field density tests during structural fill placement.
 Observation and verification of the bearing surfaces exposed after foundation
excavation.
 Molding and testing of concrete cylinders.
 Structural steel inspection.
 Sampling of asphalt for verification and coring for determination of in-place
thickness and density.

10.0 CLOSING AND LIMITATIONS

This report was prepared for ArchitectureWorks, LLP, for specific application to the
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions located in Birmingham, Alabama. The information
in this report is not transferable. This report should not be used for a different
development on the same property without first being evaluated by the engineer.

The recommendations in this report were based on the information obtained from our
field exploration and laboratory analysis. The data collected is representative of the
locations tested. Variations are likely to occur at other locations throughout the site.
Engineering judgment was applied in regards to conditions between borings. It will be
necessary to confirm the anticipated subsurface conditions during construction.

Page | 22
Subsurface Exploration and Geotechnical Evaluation,
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, Birmingham, Alabama
Project No: BH170134, June 12, 2017

This report has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted standards of
geotechnical engineering practice. No other warranty is expressed or implied. In the
event that changes are made, or anticipated to be made, to the nature, design, or location
of the project as outlined in this report, Building & Earth must be informed of the changes
and given the opportunity to either verify or modify the conclusions of this report in
writing, or the recommendations of this report will no longer be valid.

The scope of services for this project did not include any environmental assessment of
the site or identification of pollutants or hazardous materials or conditions. If the owner
is concerned about environmental issues Building & Earth would be happy to provide an
additional scope of services to address those concerns.

This report is intended for use during design and preparation of specifications and may
not address all conditions at the site during construction. Contractors reviewing this
information should acknowledge that this document is for design information only.

An article published by the Geoprofessional Business Association (GBA), titled Important


Information About Your Geotechnical Report, has been included in the Appendix. We
encourage all individuals to become familiar with the article to help manage risk.

Page | 23
Appendix Table of Contents
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION METHODOLOGIES ........................................................................................... 1 
DRILLING PROCEDURES – STANDARD PENETRATION TEST (ASTM D1586) ........................... 1 
ROCK CORING ................................................................................................................................................... 1 
BORING LOG DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................................ 3 
DEPTH AND ELEVATION................................................................................................................................ 3 
SAMPLE TYPE ..................................................................................................................................................... 3 
SAMPLE NUMBER............................................................................................................................................. 3 
BLOWS PER INCREMENT, REC%, RQD% ................................................................................................. 3 
SOIL DATA ........................................................................................................................................................... 3 
SOIL DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................................................... 4 
GRAPHIC .............................................................................................................................................................. 4 
REMARKS ............................................................................................................................................................. 4 
SOIL CLASSIFICATION METHODOLOGY..................................................................................................................... 5 
KEY TO LOGS......................................................................................................................................................................... 6 
KEY TO HATCHES ................................................................................................................................................................ 8 
BORING LOCATION PLAN ............................................................................................................................................... 9 
SUBSURFACE SOIL PROFILES ........................................................................................................................................ 10 
BORING LOGS..................................................................................................................................................................... 11 
LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................................. 12 
DESCRIPTION OF SOILS (VISUAL-MANUAL PROCEDURE) (ASTM D2488) ............................. 12 
POCKET PENETROMETER ............................................................................................................................ 12 
NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT (ASTM D2216) ............................................................................... 12 
ATTERBERG LIMITS (ASTM D4318).......................................................................................................... 12 
UNCONFINED COMPRESSION TEST ON ROCK SAMPLES (ASTM D7012) ............................. 12 
LABORATORY TEST RESULTS ..................................................................................................................... 13 
Table A-1: General Soil Classification Test Results ....................................................................... 13 
Table A-2: Rock Core Test Results....................................................................................................... 13 
ROCK CORE PHOTOGRAPHS ........................................................................................................................................ 14 
HISTORICAL AERIAL IMAGES OF THE SITE .............................................................................................................. 15 
REMI® SURVEY .................................................................................................................................................................. 16 
SHAFT OUTPUT .................................................................................................................................................................. 17 
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS GEOTECHNICAL-ENGINEERING REPORT ............................ 18 
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION METHODOLOGIES

The subsurface exploration, which is the basis of the recommendations of this report, has
been performed in accordance with industry standards. Detailed methodologies employed
in the investigation are presented in the following sections.

DRILLING PROCEDURES – STANDARD PENETRATION TEST (ASTM D1586)

At each boring location, soil samples were obtained at standard sampling intervals with a
split-spoon sampler. The borehole was first advanced to the sample depth by augering and
the sampling tools were placed in the open hole. The sampler was then driven 18 inches
into the ground with a 140-pound automatic hammer free-falling 30 inches. The number
of blows required to drive the sampler each 6-inch increment was recorded. The initial
increment is considered the “seating” blows, where the sampler penetrates loose or
disturbed soil in the bottom of the borehole.
The blows required to penetrate the final two (2) increments are added together and are
referred to as the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) N-value. The N-value, when properly
evaluated, gives an indication of the soil’s strength and ability to support structural loads.
Many factors can affect the SPT N-value, so this result cannot be used exclusively to evaluate
soil conditions.
The SPT testing was performed using a drill rig equipped with an automatic hammer.
Automatic hammers mechanically control the height of the hammer drop, and doing so,
deliver higher energy efficiency (90 to 99 % efficiency) than manual hammers (60 %
efficiency) which are dropped using a manually operated rope and cathead system. Because
historic data correlations were developed based on use of a manual hammer, it is necessary
to adjust the N-values obtained using an automatic hammer to make these correlations
valid. Therefore, an energy correction factor of 1.3 was applied to the recorded field N-values
from the automatic hammer for the purpose of our evaluation. The N-values discussed or
mentioned in this report and shown on the boring logs are recorded field values.
Samples retrieved from the boring locations were labeled and stored in plastic bags at the
jobsite before being transported to our laboratory for analysis. The project engineer
prepared Boring Logs summarizing the subsurface conditions at the boring locations.

ROCK CORING
Rock coring was performed in accordance with ASTM Specification D2113-99. During the
coring operations the rock cores were placed in core boxes at the site and transported to
our laboratory for identification and classification. At the laboratory the rock type was
identified and the “recovery” and “rock quality designation” (RQD) was determined. The
recovery is the ratio of the length of sample obtained to the length of the run cored, as a
percent. The RQD is the percentage of the length of the core run which has rock segments
of moderately hard or harder rock four inches or greater in length, compared to the total
length of the run. The percent recovery and RQD are related to rock soundness and
Page | A-1
continuity. Generalized rock descriptions, percent recovery, and RQD values are shown on
the boring logs.

Rock cores were obtained in two (2) of the five (5) boring locations, B-04, and B-05.

Page | A-2
BORING LOG DESCRIPTION

Building & Earth Sciences, Inc. used the gINT software program to prepare the attached boring
logs. The gINT program provides the flexibility to custom design the boring logs to include
the pertinent information from the subsurface exploration and results of our laboratory
analysis. The soil and laboratory information included on our logs is summarized below:

DEPTH AND ELEVATION


The depth below the ground surface and the corresponding elevation are shown in the first
two columns.

SAMPLE TYPE
The method used to collect the sample is shown. The typical sampling methods include Split
Spoon Sampling, Shelby Tube Sampling, Grab Samples, and Rock Core. A key is provided at
the bottom of the log showing the graphic symbol for each sample type.

SAMPLE NUMBER
Each sample collected is numbered sequentially.

BLOWS PER INCREMENT, REC%, RQD%


When Standard Split Spoon sampling is used, the blows required to drive the sampler each 6-
inch increment are recorded and shown in column 5. When rock core is obtained the recovery
ration (REC%) and Rock Quality Designation (RQD%) is recorded.

SOIL DATA
Column 6 is a graphic representation of four different soil parameters. Each of the parameters
use the same graph, however, the values of the graph subdivisions vary with each parameter.
Each parameter presented on column 6 is summarized below:

 N-value- The Standard Penetration Test N-value, obtained by adding the number of
blows required to drive the sampler the final 12 inches, is recorded . The graph labels
range from 0 to 50.
 Qu – Unconfined Compressive Strength estimate from the Pocket Penetrometer test in
tons per square foot (tsf). The graph labels range from 0 to 5 tsf.
 Atterberg Limits – The Atterberg Limits are plotted with the plastic limit to the left, and
liquid limit to the right, connected by a horizontal line. The difference in the plastic and
liquid limits is referred to as the Plasticity Index. The Atterberg Limits test results are
also included in the Remarks column on the far right of the boring log. The Atterberg
Limits graph labels range from 0 to 100%.
 Moisture – The Natural Moisture Content of the soil sample as determined in our
laboratory.

Page | A-3
SOIL DESCRIPTION
The soil description prepared in accordance with ASTM D2488, Visual Description of Soil
Samples. The Munsel Color chart is used to determine the soil color. Strata changes are
indicated by a solid line, with the depth of the change indicated on the left side of the line and
the elevation of the change indicated on the right side of the line. If subtle changes within a
soil type occur, a broken line is used. The Boring Termination or Auger Refusal depth is shown
as a solid line at the bottom of the boring.

GRAPHIC
The graphic representation of the soil type is shown. The graphic used for each soil type is
related to the Unified Soil Classification chart. A chart showing the graphic associated with
each soil classification is included.

REMARKS
Remarks regarding borehole observations, and additional information regarding the
laboratory results and groundwater observations.

Page | A-4
SOIL CLASSIFICATION METHODOLOGY

Symbols
Major Divisions Group Name & Typical Description
Lithology Group

Gravel and Well-graded gravels, gravel – sand mixtures, little or


GW no fines
Gravelly Clean Gravels
Soils (Less than 5% fines) Poorly-graded gravels, gravel – sand mixtures, little
GP or no fines
More than
Coarse
50% of
Grained coarse GM Silty gravels, gravel – sand – silt mixtures
Gravels with Fines
Soils fraction is
larger than (More than 12% fines)
No. 4 sieve GC Clayey gravels, gravel – sand – clay mixtures

More than
50% of Sand and
material is Sandy SW Well-graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no fines
Clean Sands
larger than Soils
No. 200 (Less than 5% fines) Poorly-graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no
sieve
SP fines
More than
size 50% of
coarse SM Silty sands, sand – silt mixtures
fraction is Sands with Fines
smaller than
No. 4 (More than 12% fines)
SC Clayey sands, sand – clay mixtures
sieve

Inorganic silts and very find sands, rock flour, silty or


ML clayey fine sands or clayey silt with slight plasticity
Fine Silts and
Inorganic
Clays
Grained Inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity, gravelly
CL clays, sandy clays, silty clays, lean clays
Soils Liquid Limit
less than 50
Organic OL Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity
More than
50% of
Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous fine
material is Silts and MH sand, or silty soils
smaller
Clays Inorganic
than
No. 200 CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity
Liquid Limit
sieve
greater than
size
50 sieve Organic clays of medium to high plasticity, organic
Organic OH silts

Peat, humus, swamp soils with high organic


Highly Organic Soils PT contents

Table 1: Soil Classification Chart (based on ASTM D2487)

Page | A-5
SOIL CLASSIFICATION METHODOLOGY

Building & Earth Sciences classifies soil in general


accordance with the Unified Soil Classification 60
System (USCS) presented in ASTM D2487. Table 1
and Figure 1 exemplify the general guidance of 50
the USCS. Soil consistencies and relative densities CH or OH

Plasticity Index (PI)
are presented in general accordance with 40
Terzaghi, Peck, & Mesri’s (1996) method, as
shown on Table 2, when quantitative field and/or 30
laboratory data is available. Table 2 includes CL or OL
Consistency and Relative Density correlations 20
with N-values obtained using either a manual MH or OH
hammer (60 percent efficiency) or automatic 10
7
CL-ML ML or OL
hammer (90 percent efficiency). The Blows Per 4
0
Increment and SPT N-values displayed on the
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
boring logs are the unaltered values measured in
Liquid Limit (LL)
the field. When field and/or laboratory data is not
available, we may classify soil in general
accordance with the Visual Manual Procedure Figure 1: Plasticity Chart (based on ASTM D2487)
presented in ASTM D2488.

Non-cohesive: Coarse-Grained Soil Cohesive: Fine-Grained Soil

SPT Penetration Estimated Range of


SPT Penetration (blows/foot) Unconfined Compressive
Consistency
(blows/foot) Relative Automatic Manual Strength (tsf)
Density Hammer* Hammer
Automatic Manual
<2 <2 Very Soft < 0.25
Hammer* Hammer

0-3 0-4 Very Loose 2-3 2-4 Soft 0.25 – 0.50

3-8 4 - 10 Loose 3-6 4-8 Medium Stiff 0.50 – 1.00

8 - 23 10 - 30 Medium Dense 6 - 12 8 - 15 Stiff 1.00 – 2.00

23 - 38 30 - 50 Dense 12 - 23 15 - 30 Very Stiff 2.00 – 4.00

> 38 > 50 Very Dense > 23 > 30 Hard > 4.00

Table 2: Soil Consistency and Relative Density (based on Terzaghi, Peck & Mesri, 1996)
* - Modified based on 80% hammer efficiency

Page | A-6
KEY TO LOGS

Standard Dynamic Cone Soil Particle Size U.S. Standard


Penetration Test Penetrometer
Boulders Larger than 300 mm N.A.
ASTM D1586 or (Sower DCP)
AASHTO T-206 ASTM STP-399 Cobbles 300 mm to 75 mm N.A.

Gravel 75 mm to 4.75 mm 3-inch to #4 sieve


Shelby Tube
No Sample
Sampler Coarse 75 mm to 19 mm 3-inch to ¾-inch sieve
Recovery
ASTM D1587
Fine 19 mm to 4.75 mm ¾-inch to #4 sieve

Sand 4.75 mm to 0.075 mm #4 to #200 Sieve


Rock Core Sample Groundwater at
Coarse 4.75 mm to 2 mm #4 to #10 Sieve
ASTM D2113 Time of Drilling
Medium 2 mm to 0.425 mm #10 to #40 Sieve

Fine 0.425 mm to 0.075 mm #40 to #200 Sieve


Groundwater as
Auger Cuttings Fines Less than 0.075 mm Passing #200 Sieve
Indicated
Silt Less than 5 µm N.A.

Clay Less than 2 µm N.A.

Table 1: Symbol Legend Table 2: Standard Sieve Sizes

A measure of a soil’s plasticity characteristics in


Standard Penetration Test Resistance
general accordance with ASTM D4318. The soil
calculated using ASTM D1586 or AASHTO T-
Plasticity Index (PI) is representative of this
206. Calculated as sum of original, field
characteristic and is bracketed by the Liquid Limit (LL)
recorded values.
and the Plastic Limit (PL).

Unconfined compressive strength, typically


Percent natural moisture content in general
estimated from a pocket penetrometer. Results
accordance with ASTM D2216.
are presented in tons per square foot (tsf).

Table 3: Soil Data

Flights on the outside of the shaft advance soil cuttings to the surface. The
Hollow Stem Auger
hollow stem allows sampling through the middle of the auger flights.
Descriptor Meaning
Mud Rotary / A cutting head advances the boring and discharges a drilling fluid to
Wash Bore support the borehole and circulate cuttings to the surface. Trace Likely less than 5%
Flights on the outside bring soil cuttings to the surface. Solid stem requires Few 5 to 10%
Solid Flight Auger
removal from borehole during sampling. Little 15 to 25%
Cylindrical bucket (typically 3-inch diameter and 8 inches long) attached to a Some 30 to 45%
Hand Auger
metal rod and turned by human force. Mostly 50 to 100%

Table 4: Soil Drilling Methods Table 5: Descriptors

Page | A-7
KEY TO LOGS

The operator tightens and loosens the rope around a rotating drum assembly to lift
Manual Hammer
and drop a sliding, 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches.
An automatic mechanism is used to lift and drop a sliding, 140-pound hammer
Automatic Trip Hammer
falling 30 inches.
Uses a 15-pound steel mass falling 20 inches to strike an anvil and cause penetration
Dynamic Cone Penetrometer of a 1.5-inch diameter cone seated in the bottom of a hand augered borehole. The
(Sower DCP) ASTM STP-399 blows required to drive the embedded cone a depth of 1-3/4 inches have been
correlated by others to N-values derived from the Standard Penetration Test (SPT).

Table 6: Sampling Methods

Non-plastic A 1/8-inch thread cannot be rolled at any water content.

The thread can barely be rolled and the lump cannot be formed when drier than the
Low
plastic limit.
The thread is easy to roll and not much time is required to reach the plastic limit. The
Medium thread cannot be re-rolled after reaching the plastic limit. The lump crumbles when
drier than the plastic limit.
It takes considerable time rolling and kneading to reach the plastic limit. The thread
High can be re-rolled several times after reaching the plastic limit. The lump can be
formed without crumbling when drier than the plastic limit.

Table 7: Plasticity

Dry Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch.


Moist Damp but no visible water.
Wet Visible free water, usually soil is below water table.

Table 8: Moisture Condition

Stratified Alternating layers of varying material or color with layers at least ½ inch thick.
Laminated Alternating layers of varying material or color with layers less than ¼ inch thick.
Fissured Breaks along definite planes of fracture with little resistance to fracturing.
Slickensides Fracture planes appear polished or glossy, sometimes striated.
Cohesive soil that can be broken down into small angular lumps which resist further
Blocky
breakdown.
Inclusion of small pockets of different soils, such as small lenses of sand scattered
Lensed
through a mass of clay.
Homogeneous Same color and appearance throughout.

Table 9: Structure

Page | A-8
KEY TO HATCHES

Hatch Description Hatch Description Hatch Description

GW - Well-graded gravels, gravel – sand


Asphalt Clay with Gravel
mixtures, little or no fines

GP - Poorly-graded gravels, gravel – sand


Aggregate Base Sand with Gravel
mixtures, little or no fines

GM - Silty gravels, gravel – sand – silt


Topsoil Silt with Gravel
mixtures

GC - Clayey gravels, gravel – sand – clay


Concrete Gravel with Sand
mixtures

SW - Well-graded sands, gravelly sands,


Coal Gravel with Clay
little or no fines

SP - Poorly-graded sands, gravelly sands,


CL-ML - Silty Clay Gravel with Silt
little or no fines

SM - Silty sands, sand – silt mixtures Sandy Clay Limestone

SC - Clayey sands, sand – clay mixtures Clayey Chert Chalk

ML - Inorganic silts and very find sands,


Low and High
rock flour, silty or clayey fine Siltstone
Plasticity Clay
sands or clayey silt with slight plasticity
CL - Inorganic clays of low to medium
Low Plasticity Silt and
plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy Till
Clay
clays, silty clays, lean clays
OL - Organic silts and organic silty clays High Plasticity Silt Sandy Clay with
of low plasticity and Clay Cobbles and Boulders

MH - Inorganic silts, micaceous or


Fill Sandstone with Shale
diatomaceous fine sand, or silty soils

CH - Inorganic clays of high plasticity Weathered Rock Coral

OH - Organic clays of medium to high


Sandstone Boulders and Cobbles
plasticity, organic silts

PT - Peat, humus, swamp soils with high Soil and Weathered


Shale
organic contents Rock

Table 1: Key to Hatches Used for Boring Logs and Soil Profiles

Page | A-9
BORING LOCATION PLAN

Page | A-10
B-02
B-01

B-04 B-05

P-02

P-01
B-03

Boring Location

Piezometer Location

Reference used to create this


BORING LOCATION PLAN
drawing:
PROJECT NO.: PROJECT NAME / LOCATION
Ramsay-McCormack Building
Preliminary Site Plan Provided by BH170134
Birmingham, AL
Client
SCALE DATE

N.T.S. 06/12/2017
SUBSURFACE SOIL PROFILES

Page | A-11
S N
A A' B-
01
02
B-

560 560
03
B-

N B-01 Qu
550 6 550
N B-03 Qu 4 0.5
N B-02 Qu Site Map Scale 1 inch equals 135 feet
5 1 20 4 0.75 Explanation
13 18 2
4 1.75
15 3.75 AR=Auger Refusal
16 3.75 21 4.5
ELEVATION (feet)

540 12 3.75 540


12 2.5 PPqu=Unconfined compressive strength estimate
16 3.25 from pocket penetrometer test (tsf)
16 4
N=Standard Penetration Test N-Value

17
18 3.5
19 4.25 Topsoil Fill
530 530
50+AR=18.5
20 3.5
54 Aggregate
USCS Low
ALDOT PROFILE BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

Plasticity Clay Base Material


10 1.5 AR=27.0

520 520
Concrete
27
Water Level Reading
at time of drilling.
2 Water Level Reading
after drilling.
510 510 0 37

12

Horizontal Scale (feet)


Vertical Exaggeration: 3x
AR=43.0
Building & Earth
500 500 Sciences, Inc.
5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210

1/2-story Building Additions A-A'


Subsurface Profile

490 490
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions
Birmingham, AL
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 JOB NUMBER PLATE NUMBER DATE

DISTANCE ALONG PROFILE (feet) BH170134 Plate A-1 6/12/17


SE NW
B B'

04 05
B- B-
550 550
N B-04 Qu
N B-05 Qu
8
6 10
7 1.25
3 0.5
3 0.5
17
540 14 540
19 4.5
11 3 Site Map Scale 1 inch equals 60 feet
Explanation
15 4
18 AR=Auger Refusal
ELEVATION (feet)

530 530
14 4 PPqu=Unconfined compressive strength estimate
12 2.5 from pocket penetrometer test (tsf)

N=Standard Penetration Test N-Value

20 3.25
15 2.25
Topsoil Fill
520 520

USCS Low
ALDOT PROFILE BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

Limestone
Plasticity Clay

510 510

Water Level Reading


at time of drilling.
Water Level Reading
after drilling.
500 500 0 17
AR=47.7

Horizontal Scale (feet)


Vertical Exaggeration: 1.5x

Building & Earth


490 490 Sciences, Inc.
5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210
AR=59.8
10-story Building Addition B-B'
Subsurface Profile

480 480
Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions
Birmingham, AL
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 JOB NUMBER PLATE NUMBER DATE

DISTANCE ALONG PROFILE (feet) BH170134 Plate B-1 6/12/17


BORING LOGS

Page | A-12
LOG OF BORING 5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210
Designation: B-01 Office: (205) 836-6300
Sheet 1 of 2 Fax: (205) 836-9007
www.BuildingAndEarth.com

Project Name: Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions Project Location: Birmingham, AL


Project Number: BH170134 Date Drilled: 5/26/17
Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Weather Conditions:Partly Cloudy, 70's
Equipment Used: CME 550 ATV Surface Elevation: 551
Hammer Type: Automatic Drill Crew: H. Christian & L. Perkins
Boring Location: Approx. 45 ft N of Existing NW Bldg Corner Logged By: K. Edmondson
N-Value
ELEVATION (ft)
SAMPLE TYPE

10 20 30 40
SAMPLE NO.
DEPTH (ft)

INCREMENT

GRAPHIC
Qu (tsf)
BLOWS

1 2 3 4
SOIL DESCRIPTION
PER

REMARKS
Atterberg Limits
20 40 60 80
% Moisture
20 40 60 80
0.3 TOPSOIL = 3 inches 550.8
1 3-3-3 FAT CLAY (CH): medium stiff, brown and
550 1.5 red, moist, trace rock size fragments, trace 549.5
debris (glass fragments) Sample #2
2 2-2-2 (FILL) Liquid Limit (LL) = 34
LEAN CLAY (CL): medium stiff, reddish Plastic Limit (PL) = 14
brown, moist, trace rock size fragments Plasticity Index (PI) = 20
3 2-1-3
5

545 very stiff, red, yellow, and gray, with some


4 4-7-11 sand

dry, trace rock size fragments, no sand


5 6-9-12 Groundwater rose to 9 feet
10 after removal of augers

540
LOG OF BORING 2 BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

yellowish brown with some black and gray


6 5-7-9
15

535

7 4-6-13
20

530

hard, brown and gray, moist, trace rock size


8 18-23-31 >> fragments, trace mica

SAMPLE TYPE Split Spoon

N-VALUE STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (AASHTO T-206) REC RECOVERY


% MOISTURE PERCENT NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT RQD ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN THE BOREHOLE UD UNDISTURBED
Qu UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ESTIMATE FROM POCKET PENETROMETER TEST

Birmingham, AL Huntsville, AL Auburn, AL Columbus, GA Savannah, GA Raleigh, NC Tulsa, OK Springdale, AR Shreveport, LA Louisville, KY Niceville, FL
LOG OF BORING 5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210
Designation: B-01 Office: (205) 836-6300
Sheet 2 of 2 Fax: (205) 836-9007
www.BuildingAndEarth.com

Project Name: Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions Project Location: Birmingham, AL


Project Number: BH170134 Date Drilled: 5/26/17
Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Weather Conditions:Partly Cloudy, 70's
Equipment Used: CME 550 ATV Surface Elevation: 551
Hammer Type: Automatic Drill Crew: H. Christian & L. Perkins
Boring Location: Approx. 45 ft N of Existing NW Bldg Corner Logged By: K. Edmondson
N-Value
ELEVATION (ft)
SAMPLE TYPE

10 20 30 40
SAMPLE NO.
DEPTH (ft)

INCREMENT

GRAPHIC
Qu (tsf)
BLOWS

1 2 3 4
SOIL DESCRIPTION
PER

REMARKS
Atterberg Limits
20 40 60 80
% Moisture
20 40 60 80

525
27.0 (RESIDUAL) 524.0
Groundwater encountered at
27 feet at time of drilling - tip
Auger Refusal at 27 feet of auger wet after auger
removal

30

520

35

515
LOG OF BORING 2 BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

40

510

45

505

Boring backfilled on 5/26/17


Consistency/Relative Density
based on correction factor for
automatic hammer

SAMPLE TYPE Split Spoon

N-VALUE STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (AASHTO T-206) REC RECOVERY


% MOISTURE PERCENT NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT RQD ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN THE BOREHOLE UD UNDISTURBED
Qu UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ESTIMATE FROM POCKET PENETROMETER TEST

Birmingham, AL Huntsville, AL Auburn, AL Columbus, GA Savannah, GA Raleigh, NC Tulsa, OK Springdale, AR Shreveport, LA Louisville, KY Niceville, FL
LOG OF BORING 5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210
Designation: B-02 Office: (205) 836-6300
Sheet 1 of 2 Fax: (205) 836-9007
www.BuildingAndEarth.com

Project Name: Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions Project Location: Birmingham, AL


Project Number: BH170134 Date Drilled: 5/26/17
Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Weather Conditions:Partly Cloudy, 70's
Equipment Used: CME 550 ATV Surface Elevation: 547
Hammer Type: Automatic Drill Crew: H. Christian & L. Perkins
Boring Location: Approx. 70 ft NE of Existing NE Bldg Corner Logged By: K. Edmondson
N-Value
ELEVATION (ft)
SAMPLE TYPE

10 20 30 40
SAMPLE NO.
DEPTH (ft)

INCREMENT

GRAPHIC
Qu (tsf)
BLOWS

1 2 3 4
SOIL DESCRIPTION
PER

REMARKS
Atterberg Limits
20 40 60 80
% Moisture
20 40 60 80
0.3 GRAVEL SURFACE = 3 inches 546.8
1 13-10-10 FAT CLAY (CH): very stiff, dark brown and
1.5 reddish brown, dry, trace rock size fragments, 545.5
trace construction debris (asphalt fragments)
545 2 6-6-7 (FILL)
LEAN CLAY (CL): very stiff, reddish brown,
dry
reddish and yellowish brown with some gray,
3 6-8-7 trace rock size fragments
5

4 4-7-5
540

yellowish brown and gray, dry


5 5-6-10
10

535
LOG OF BORING 2 BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

6 6-8-10
15

530

reddish and yellowish brown and gray, trace


7 8-8-12 rock size fragments
20

525

stiff, moist
8 3-4-6

SAMPLE TYPE Split Spoon

N-VALUE STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (AASHTO T-206) REC RECOVERY


% MOISTURE PERCENT NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT RQD ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN THE BOREHOLE UD UNDISTURBED
Qu UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ESTIMATE FROM POCKET PENETROMETER TEST

Birmingham, AL Huntsville, AL Auburn, AL Columbus, GA Savannah, GA Raleigh, NC Tulsa, OK Springdale, AR Shreveport, LA Louisville, KY Niceville, FL
LOG OF BORING 5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210
Designation: B-02 Office: (205) 836-6300
Sheet 2 of 2 Fax: (205) 836-9007
www.BuildingAndEarth.com

Project Name: Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions Project Location: Birmingham, AL


Project Number: BH170134 Date Drilled: 5/26/17
Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Weather Conditions:Partly Cloudy, 70's
Equipment Used: CME 550 ATV Surface Elevation: 547
Hammer Type: Automatic Drill Crew: H. Christian & L. Perkins
Boring Location: Approx. 70 ft NE of Existing NE Bldg Corner Logged By: K. Edmondson
N-Value
ELEVATION (ft)
SAMPLE TYPE

10 20 30 40
SAMPLE NO.
DEPTH (ft)

INCREMENT

GRAPHIC
Qu (tsf)
BLOWS

1 2 3 4
SOIL DESCRIPTION
PER

REMARKS
Atterberg Limits
20 40 60 80
% Moisture
20 40 60 80

520

hard, saturated
9 12-13-14 Groundwater encountered at
30 29 feet at time of drilling

515

soft
10 1-1-1
35

Audible sound of auger


through rock pieces
510
LOG OF BORING 2 BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

stiff
11 2-6-6
40

505
43.0 (RESIDUAL) 504.0

Auger Refusal at 43 feet


45

500 Boring backfilled on 5/26/17


Consistency/Relative Density
based on correction factor for
automatic hammer

SAMPLE TYPE Split Spoon

N-VALUE STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (AASHTO T-206) REC RECOVERY


% MOISTURE PERCENT NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT RQD ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN THE BOREHOLE UD UNDISTURBED
Qu UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ESTIMATE FROM POCKET PENETROMETER TEST

Birmingham, AL Huntsville, AL Auburn, AL Columbus, GA Savannah, GA Raleigh, NC Tulsa, OK Springdale, AR Shreveport, LA Louisville, KY Niceville, FL
LOG OF BORING 5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210
Designation: B-03 Office: (205) 836-6300
Sheet 1 of 1 Fax: (205) 836-9007
www.BuildingAndEarth.com

Project Name: Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions Project Location: Birmingham, AL


Project Number: BH170134 Date Drilled: 5/26/17
Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Weather Conditions:Partly Cloudy, 70's
Equipment Used: CME 550 ATV Surface Elevation: 548
Hammer Type: Automatic Drill Crew: H. Christian & L. Perkins
Boring Location: Existing Eastern Parking Logged By: K. Edmondson
N-Value
ELEVATION (ft)
SAMPLE TYPE

10 20 30 40
SAMPLE NO.
DEPTH (ft)

INCREMENT

GRAPHIC
Qu (tsf)
BLOWS

1 2 3 4
SOIL DESCRIPTION
PER

REMARKS
Atterberg Limits
20 40 60 80
% Moisture
20 40 60 80
0.3 CONCRETE SLAB = 4 inches 547.7
0.8 BASE = 6 inches 547.2
FAT CLAY (CH): medium stiff, dark brown
1 2-2-3 2.0 and reddish brown, moist, trace rock size 546.0
fragments
(FILL)
545 LEAN CLAY (CL): medium stiff, light
yellowish brown, dry Sample #2
2 2-2-2 Liquid Limit (LL) = 24
5 Plastic Limit (PL) = 15
Plasticity Index (PI) = 9
very stiff, yellowish brown with some black
3 5-7-9

540
yellowish brown and gray
4 5-5-7
10

Groudnwater rose to 12 feet


after removal of augers
535
LOG OF BORING 2 BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

yellowish brown and gray with some black


5 5-7-10
15

530 18.5 hard 529.5


(RESIDUAL) Groundwater encountered at
6 50/1" >> 18.5 feet at time of drilling
20 Auger Refusal at 18.5 feet

Boring backfilled on 5/26/17


525 Consistency/Relative Density
based on correction factor for
automatic hammer

SAMPLE TYPE Split Spoon

N-VALUE STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (AASHTO T-206) REC RECOVERY


% MOISTURE PERCENT NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT RQD ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN THE BOREHOLE UD UNDISTURBED
Qu UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ESTIMATE FROM POCKET PENETROMETER TEST

Birmingham, AL Huntsville, AL Auburn, AL Columbus, GA Savannah, GA Raleigh, NC Tulsa, OK Springdale, AR Shreveport, LA Louisville, KY Niceville, FL
LOG OF BORING 5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210
Designation: B-04 Office: (205) 836-6300
Sheet 1 of 2 Fax: (205) 836-9007
www.BuildingAndEarth.com

Project Name: Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions Project Location: Birmingham, AL


Project Number: BH170134 Date Drilled: 5/26/17
Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Weather Conditions:Partly Cloudy, 70's
Equipment Used: CME 550 ATV Surface Elevation: 548
Hammer Type: Automatic Drill Crew: H. Christian & L. Perkins
Boring Location: Bldg Addition West Wall Logged By: K. Edmondson
N-Value
ELEVATION (ft)
SAMPLE TYPE

10 20 30 40
SAMPLE NO.
DEPTH (ft)

INCREMENT

GRAPHIC
Qu (tsf)
BLOWS

1 2 3 4
SOIL DESCRIPTION
PER

REMARKS
Atterberg Limits
20 40 60 80
% Moisture
20 40 60 80
0.3 TOPSOIL = 4 inches 547.7
1 4-4-4 CLAYEY SAND (SC): loose, dark brown,
1.5 dry, trace roots, trace rock size fragments 546.5
(FILL) Sample #2
2 2-3-3 LEAN CLAY (CL): medium stiff, dark Liquid Limit (LL) = 29
reddish brown, moist Plastic Limit (PL) = 14
545 Plasticity Index (PI) = 15
soft
3 1-1-2
5

very stiff, trace rock size fragments Little recovery


4 6-8-9

540
reddish and yellowish brown and gray, trace
5 7-9-10 rock size fragments
10

535
LOG OF BORING 2 BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

light brown with some gray and black


6 6-6-9
15

530
light brown and gray
7 5-5-9
20

525 No groundwater encountered


trace rock size fragments at time of drilling
8 5-5-15
25.0 (RESIDUAL) 523.0
SAMPLE TYPE Split Spoon Rock Core

N-VALUE STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (AASHTO T-206) REC RECOVERY


% MOISTURE PERCENT NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT RQD ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN THE BOREHOLE UD UNDISTURBED
Qu UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ESTIMATE FROM POCKET PENETROMETER TEST

Birmingham, AL Huntsville, AL Auburn, AL Columbus, GA Savannah, GA Raleigh, NC Tulsa, OK Springdale, AR Shreveport, LA Louisville, KY Niceville, FL
LOG OF BORING 5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210
Designation: B-04 Office: (205) 836-6300
Sheet 2 of 2 Fax: (205) 836-9007
www.BuildingAndEarth.com

Project Name: Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions Project Location: Birmingham, AL


Project Number: BH170134 Date Drilled: 5/26/17
Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Weather Conditions:Partly Cloudy, 70's
Equipment Used: CME 550 ATV Surface Elevation: 548
Hammer Type: Automatic Drill Crew: H. Christian & L. Perkins
Boring Location: Bldg Addition West Wall Logged By: K. Edmondson
N-Value
ELEVATION (ft)
SAMPLE TYPE

10 20 30 40
SAMPLE NO.
DEPTH (ft)

INCREMENT

GRAPHIC
Qu (tsf)
BLOWS

1 2 3 4
SOIL DESCRIPTION
PER

REMARKS
Atterberg Limits
20 40 60 80
% Moisture
20 40 60 80
Auger Refusal at 25 feet Run #1 25' - 27'8"
LIMESTONE, weathered, gray, hard, poor REC = 81%
REC=81
1 RQD=45 RQD = 45%
rock mass quality
Good water return
Run #2 27'8" - 32'8"
520 very poor rock mass quality REC = 97%
RQD = 13%
Good water return
30 REC=97
2 RQD=13

Run #3 32'8" - 37'8"


515 fair rock mass quality REC = 95%
RQD = 51%
Good water return
35 REC=95
3 RQD=51

Run #4 37'8" - 42'8"


510 REC = 89%
LOG OF BORING 2 BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

RQD = 68%
Good water return
40 REC=89
4 RQD=68

Run #5 42'8" - 47'8"


505 excellent rock mass quality REC=100%
RQD = 100%
Good water return
45 REC=100
5 RQD=100

47.7 (LIMESTONE) 500.3 Boring backfilled on 5/26/17


500 Consistency/Relative Density
Rock Coring Terminated at 47 feet 8 inches based on correction factor for
automatic hammer

SAMPLE TYPE Split Spoon Rock Core

N-VALUE STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (AASHTO T-206) REC RECOVERY


% MOISTURE PERCENT NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT RQD ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN THE BOREHOLE UD UNDISTURBED
Qu UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ESTIMATE FROM POCKET PENETROMETER TEST

Birmingham, AL Huntsville, AL Auburn, AL Columbus, GA Savannah, GA Raleigh, NC Tulsa, OK Springdale, AR Shreveport, LA Louisville, KY Niceville, FL
LOG OF BORING 5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210
Designation: B-05 Office: (205) 836-6300
Sheet 1 of 3 Fax: (205) 836-9007
www.BuildingAndEarth.com

Project Name: Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions Project Location: Birmingham, AL


Project Number: BH170134 Date Drilled: 5/25/17
Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Weather Conditions:Partly Cloudy, 70's
Equipment Used: CME 550 ATV Surface Elevation: 547
Hammer Type: Automatic Drill Crew: H. Christian & L. Perkins
Boring Location: Bldg Addition East Wall Logged By: K. Edmondson
N-Value
ELEVATION (ft)
SAMPLE TYPE

10 20 30 40
SAMPLE NO.
DEPTH (ft)

INCREMENT

GRAPHIC
Qu (tsf)
BLOWS

1 2 3 4
SOIL DESCRIPTION
PER

REMARKS
Atterberg Limits
20 40 60 80
% Moisture
20 40 60 80
0.3 TOPSOIL = 4 inches 546.7
1 2-4-6 CLAYEY SAND (SC): medium dense, dark
1.5 brown and red, moist, some construction 545.5
debris (brick and concrete fragments)
545 2 6-4-3 (FILL)
LEAN CLAY (CL): stiff, dark red with some
black, moist, trace roots
soft, reddish and yellowish brown, trace sand Sample #3
3 1-1-2 size rock fragments Liquid Limit (LL) = 31
5 Plastic Limit (PL) = 14
Plasticity Index (PI) = 17
very stiff Little recovery - sample lost
4 4-6-8 out of spoon
540

stiff, yellowish brown with some gray


5 4-5-6 Groudnwater rose to 9 feet
10 after removal of augers

535
LOG OF BORING 2 BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

very stiff Some brick and glass debris


6 6-8-10 fall-in
15

530

7 4-6-6
20

525

8 3-3-12

SAMPLE TYPE Split Spoon Rock Core

N-VALUE STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (AASHTO T-206) REC RECOVERY


% MOISTURE PERCENT NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT RQD ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN THE BOREHOLE UD UNDISTURBED
Qu UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ESTIMATE FROM POCKET PENETROMETER TEST

Birmingham, AL Huntsville, AL Auburn, AL Columbus, GA Savannah, GA Raleigh, NC Tulsa, OK Springdale, AR Shreveport, LA Louisville, KY Niceville, FL
LOG OF BORING 5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210
Designation: B-05 Office: (205) 836-6300
Sheet 2 of 3 Fax: (205) 836-9007
www.BuildingAndEarth.com

Project Name: Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions Project Location: Birmingham, AL


Project Number: BH170134 Date Drilled: 5/25/17
Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Weather Conditions:Partly Cloudy, 70's
Equipment Used: CME 550 ATV Surface Elevation: 547
Hammer Type: Automatic Drill Crew: H. Christian & L. Perkins
Boring Location: Bldg Addition East Wall Logged By: K. Edmondson
N-Value
ELEVATION (ft)
SAMPLE TYPE

10 20 30 40
SAMPLE NO.
DEPTH (ft)

INCREMENT

GRAPHIC
Qu (tsf)
BLOWS

1 2 3 4
SOIL DESCRIPTION
PER

REMARKS
Atterberg Limits
20 40 60 80
% Moisture
20 40 60 80

520
28.0 (RESIDUAL) 519.0 Groundwater encountered at
Auger Refusal at 28 feet 27.5 feet at time of drilling
1 REC=91 Run #1 28' - 29'10"
RQD=0 LIMESTONE, weathered, gray, hard, trace
rust coating in fractures, very poor rock mass REC = 91%
30 quality RQD = 0%
Run #2 29'10" - 34'10"
REC = 55%
RQD = 0%
No water return
515 2 REC=55
RQD=0

35.0 512.0
35 Run #3 34'10" - 39'10"
CLAY SEAM = 5 feet
REC = 0%
RQD = 0%
No water return
510 3 REC=0
RQD=0
LOG OF BORING 2 BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

40.0 507.0
40 Run #4 39'10" - 44'10"
LIMESTONE, weathered, gray, hard, trace
rust coating in fractures, very poor rock mass REC = 25%
quality RQD = 0%
No water return
505 4 REC=25
RQD=0

45 Run #5 44'10" - 49'10"


REC = 10%
RQD = 0%
No water return
500 5 REC=10
RQD=0

SAMPLE TYPE Split Spoon Rock Core

N-VALUE STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (AASHTO T-206) REC RECOVERY


% MOISTURE PERCENT NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT RQD ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN THE BOREHOLE UD UNDISTURBED
Qu UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ESTIMATE FROM POCKET PENETROMETER TEST

Birmingham, AL Huntsville, AL Auburn, AL Columbus, GA Savannah, GA Raleigh, NC Tulsa, OK Springdale, AR Shreveport, LA Louisville, KY Niceville, FL
LOG OF BORING 5545 Derby Drive
Birmingham, AL 35210
Designation: B-05 Office: (205) 836-6300
Sheet 3 of 3 Fax: (205) 836-9007
www.BuildingAndEarth.com

Project Name: Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions Project Location: Birmingham, AL


Project Number: BH170134 Date Drilled: 5/25/17
Drilling Method: Hollow Stem Auger Weather Conditions:Partly Cloudy, 70's
Equipment Used: CME 550 ATV Surface Elevation: 547
Hammer Type: Automatic Drill Crew: H. Christian & L. Perkins
Boring Location: Bldg Addition East Wall Logged By: K. Edmondson
N-Value
ELEVATION (ft)
SAMPLE TYPE

10 20 30 40
SAMPLE NO.
DEPTH (ft)

INCREMENT

GRAPHIC
Qu (tsf)
BLOWS

1 2 3 4
SOIL DESCRIPTION
PER

REMARKS
Atterberg Limits
20 40 60 80
% Moisture
20 40 60 80
LIMESTONE, weathered, gray, hard, trace Run #6 49'10" - 54'10"
rust coating in fractures, very poor rock mass REC = 0.03%
quality (continued) RQD = 0%
No water return
495 6 REC=0
RQD=0

55 Run #7 54'10" - 59'10"


REC = 0%
RQD = 0%
No water return
490 7 REC=0
RQD=0
Coring time of nearly 1 hour
per 5 foot run
59.8 (LIMESTONE) 487.2
60

Rock Coring Terminated at 59 feet 10 inches

485
LOG OF BORING 2 BH170134 RAMSAY-MCCORMACK BORING LOGS.GPJ BESI.GDT 6/12/17

65

480

70

475 Boring backfilled on 5/26/17


Consistency/Relative Density
based on correction factor for
automatic hammer

SAMPLE TYPE Split Spoon Rock Core

N-VALUE STANDARD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (AASHTO T-206) REC RECOVERY


% MOISTURE PERCENT NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT RQD ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION
GROUNDWATER LEVEL IN THE BOREHOLE UD UNDISTURBED
Qu UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ESTIMATE FROM POCKET PENETROMETER TEST

Birmingham, AL Huntsville, AL Auburn, AL Columbus, GA Savannah, GA Raleigh, NC Tulsa, OK Springdale, AR Shreveport, LA Louisville, KY Niceville, FL
LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES

A brief description of the laboratory tests performed is provided in the following sections.

DESCRIPTION OF SOILS (VISUAL-MANUAL PROCEDURE) (ASTM D2488)


The soil samples were visually examined by our engineer and soil descriptions were
provided. Representative samples were then selected and tested in accordance with the
aforementioned laboratory-testing program to determine soil classifications and
engineering properties. This data was used to correlate our visual descriptions with the
Unified Soil Classification System (USCS).

POCKET PENETROMETER
Pocket Penetrometer tests were performed on cohesive soil samples. The pocket
penetrometer provides a consistency classification, and an indication of the soils unconfined
compressive strength (Qu).
NATURAL MOISTURE CONTENT (ASTM D2216)
Natural moisture contents (M%) were determined on selected samples. The natural moisture
content is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the weight of water in a given amount of
soil to the weight of solid particles.

ATTERBERG LIMITS (ASTM D4318)


The Atterberg Limits test was performed to evaluate the soil’s plasticity characteristics. The soil
Plasticity Index (PI) is representative of this characteristic and is bracketed by the Liquid Limit
(LL) and the Plastic Limit (PL). The Liquid Limit is the moisture content at which the soil will
flow as a heavy viscous fluid. The Plastic Limit is the moisture content at which the soil is
between “plastic” and the semi-solid stage. The Plasticity Index (PI = LL - PL) is a frequently
used indicator for a soil’s potential for volume change. Typically, a soil’s potential for volume
change increases with higher plasticity indices.

UNCONFINED COMPRESSION TEST ON ROCK SAMPLES (ASTM D7012)


Unconfined compression tests are performed to evaluate the compressive strength of the
bedrock samples. Tests are performed by trimming the core to a height to width ratio of
approximately 2, and applying an axial load to the sample. The load at which failure occurs is
recorded and the compressive strength is calculated based on the failure load.

Page | A-13
LABORATORY TEST RESULTS
The results of the laboratory testing are presented in the following tables.

Sample Depth Moisture


Boring Location LL PL PI
(ft) Content (%)
B-01 0-1.5 - - - 14.7
B-01 1.5-3.0 34 14 20 22.8
B-02 0-1.5 - - - 9.8
B-02 1.5-3.0 - - - 14.7
B-03 1.0-2.5 - - - 18.5
B-03 3.5-5.0 24 15 9 15.5
B-04 1.5-3.0 29 14 15 20.6
B-04 3.5-5.0 - - - 20.5
B-05 1.5-3.0 - - - 19.4
B-05 3.5-5.0 31 14 17 19.9
Table A-1: General Soil Classification Test Results

Soils with a Liquid Limit (LL) greater than 50 and Plasticity Index (PI) greater than 25 usually
exhibit significant volume change with varying moisture content and are considered to be
highly plastic. Soils with a LOI value greater than 3 percent are usually not suitable for
supporting building and pavement sections.

Compressive
Boring Sample Core Sample Recovery RQD
Run No. Strength (ksi) /
Location Depth (ft) Elevation (ft) (%) (%)
Depth
B-04 1 25-27.7 523-520.3 81 45 11.58 / 26.5’
B-04 2 27.7-32.7 520.3-515.3 97 13 -
B-04 3 32.7-37.7 515.3-510.3 95 51 14.62 / 36.5’
B-04 4 37.7-42.7 510.3-505.3 89 68 -
B-04 5 42.7-47.7 505.3-500.3 100 100 15.39 / 42.8’
B-05 1 28-29.8 519-517.2 91 0 -
B-05 2 29.8-34.8 517.2-512.2 55 0 -
B-05 3 34.8-39.8 512.2-507.2 0 0 -
B-05 4 39.8-44.8 507.2-502.2 25 0 -
B-05 5 44.8-49.8 502.2-497.2 10 0 8.065 / 39’
B-05 6 49.8-54.8 497.2-492.2 0 0 -
B-05 7 54.8-59.8 492.2-487.2 0 0 -
Table A-2: Rock Core Test Results

Page | A-14
ROCK CORE PHOTOGRAPHS

Page | A-15
B-04 Run #1 and 2 (25 to 32.8 feet)

B-04 Run #3 and 4 (32.8 to 42.8 feet)

Indicates Rock Core Tested for Compressive Strength

ROCK CORE PHOTOGRAPHS

Project Name / Location: Date Project No. Sheet

Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, 1


6/12/2017 BH170134
Birmingham, Alabama
B-04 Run #5 (42.8 to 47.8 feet)

Indicates Rock Core Tested for Compressive Strength

ROCK CORE PHOTOGRAPHS

Project Name / Location: Date Project No. Sheet

Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, 2


6/12/2017 BH170134
Birmingham, Alabama
B-05 Run #1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 (28 to 59.8 feet)

Indicates Rock Core Tested for Compressive Strength

ROCK CORE PHOTOGRAPHS

Project Name / Location: Date Project No. Sheet

Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions, 3


6/12/2017 BH170134
Birmingham, Alabama
HISTORICAL AERIAL IMAGES OF THE SITE

Page | A-16
Google Earth Image of the Site dated 12/24/03

Approximate Site Location

Google Earth Image of the Site dated 10/24/16

Approximate Site Location

GOOGLE EARTH HISTORICAL AERIALS

Project Name / Location: Date Project No.: Sheet

Ramsay-McCormack Building Additions 1


6/12/17 BH170134
Birmingham, Alabama
REMI® SURVEY

Page | A-17
18th Ave: Vs Model

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000


0
Vs100' = 2405 ft/s

-10

-20

-30

-40
Depth, ft

-50

-60

-70

-80

-90

-100
Shear-Wave Velocity, ft/s
18th Ave: Supportive Illustration
Dispersion Curve Showing Picks and Fit
6500
Rayleigh Wave Phase Velocity,ft/s

6000
5500
5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500 Calculated Dispersion
1000 Picked Dispersion
500
0
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5

Period, s
p-f Image with Dispersion Modeling Picks
Ave E: Vs Model

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000


0
Vs100' = 2451 ft/s

-10

-20

-30

-40
Depth, ft

-50

-60

-70

-80

-90

-100
Shear-Wave Velocity, ft/s
Ave E: Supportive Illustration
Dispersion Curve Showing Picks and Fit
6500
Rayleigh Wave Phase Velocity,ft/s

6000
5500
5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500 Calculated Dispersion
1000 Picked Dispersion
500
0
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5

Period, s
p-f Image with Dispersion Modeling Picks
SHAFT OUTPUT

Page | A-18
Tip Resistance/F.S. (tons)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400
40
Depth (ft)
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28

Dia=2.5 ft
30
0
Side Resistance/F.S. (tons)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170
17
Depth (ft)
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28

Dia=2.5 ft
30
0
Settlement (in)
0.38 0.36 0.34 0.32 0.3 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.2 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.1 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.02 0 0
100
200
300
400
500
Axial Load (tons)
600
700
800
900
1000

Dia=2.5 ft
11
1100
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS GEOTECHNICAL-
ENGINEERING REPORT

Page | A-19
Page | A-20